Home

Mercedes Benz 2002 S 500 User's Manual

1. Taillamp assemblies Changing batteries in the electronic key Synchronizing remote control Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card Emergency engine Fuel filler flap manual release Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof Replacing wiper blades Vehicle care Cleaning and care Power washer Paintwork painted body Engine Cleaning cccseeeeeees 384 Vehicle washing ce eeeseeees 384 Ornamental moldings 385 Headlamps taillamps turn signal lenses ee 385 Cleaning the Distronic SYSTEM Sensor cccceesecessecesseeees 386 Cleaning the parktronic SYSTEM SENSOLS cceecceseeeeseeeeees 386 Wiper DIAdes cara 387 Light alloy wheels 0 388 Instrument cluster ee 388 Steering wheel and gear Selector lever cceee 388 CUP OLA GI sienne a 388 SCALDE S pekarni ae 389 Headliner and shelf below rear window sesessssessse 389 Leather upholstery 0 389 Hard plastic trim items 389 Plastic and rubber parts 389 Contents 6 Technical data ENGINE OLS irirna 404 Index l Engine oil additives ee 404 Spare parts service eceeeeeesreees O72 Airconditonet refrigerant ws 404 INO sssssessssssssssseresesnsssseetessssssereessss Warranty COVeTage ssssssseseessesseen 992 Brake fluid vsisisisisesisisisisisrsrsniinen 404 Identificati
2. 1 Signal transmitter keys 2 Indicator lamp 3 Hand held remote control transmitter The built in remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled objects Warning When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming or operating the remote control make sure there is no possibility of anyone being harmed by the moving door Note Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated opener If you should experience difficulties with programming the transmitter contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void to the user s authority to operate the equipment Programming or reprogramming the integrated remote control 1 Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Hold the end of the hand held transmitter of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 inches 5 cm to 12 cm away from the surface of
3. 160 Headlamp cleaning system 161 Combination switch eeee 162 Hazard warning flasher SWIC eo E E eae 165 Automatic climate control 166 Display and controls 0 168 Automatic maximum COOU E aaa E E 170 Basic settii nronniiionii ann 171 Special Settings oes 172 Activated charcoal filter 175 ECONOMY MOE cccseeceseeeees 176 Residual engine heat utilization oo eee eee 176 Switching the automatic climate control on and off 177 Front center console storage compartment ventilation 178 Front center console storage compartment ventilation 178 Rear passenger compartment Climate control oo eee 180 Automatic maximum COOIIMN Cs sinana 181 Power windows ccescceeseeesseeeseees 184 Sliding pop up roof ou ee eeeeeees 187 Interior lighting 0 eee eee 190 Rear window sunshade 193 Rear door window sunshade 194 DUN VIS OLS pr AER SN 194 Vanity Mirr S cc acces eae 195 MEIO oeei 196 Contents Storage compartments and armrests ccsecsessseorseneesees 196 GIOVE DOK areae 197 Cup holdet crn a 202 PES MTAVARI 204 ETSA 01 Gage EE AE E T 206 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 0 208 Parcel net in trunk ee 208 Telephone general ccceeeeee 209 Garage door opener cseceeeeees 210 Infrared reflecting windshield casi
4. Driving systems 283 Lis Emer Operation Driving Lins Ione Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Driving systems Active body control ABC optional standard on model S 600 P32 31 2002 26 The switch is located on the center console Press the switch when the engine is running 1 Suspension for sporty driving style 2 Suspension for regular driving style 3 Indicator lamp for sporty driving style Practical hints Car care 284 The maximum suspension range is selected automatically according to the selected ABC mode 1 or 2 road condition and driving style The selected suspension style is stored in memory even with the electronic key removed from the starter switch Suspension for regular driving style This is the setting for general driving The system is set to regular driving mode when the indicator lamp 3 is not illuminated Press lower half of switch to change from suspension style for sporty driving to regular driving style Suspension for sporty driving style This is the setting for sporty driving Press upper half of switch 1 to select suspension style for sporty driving The indicator lamp 3 comes on Note See ACTIVE BODY CONTROL on page 320 for malfunction and warning messages Level control system for vehicles with The vehicle ride height in the normal level mode is A
5. ee eeeeeeeeeeseeseees 192 Side marker lamps seisesnininnsoiinsariadis 368 ENTRY POSITION Standby bulb function s ssssssessesessesenssesseseeseseesee 370 malfunction and warning Messages ss 312 standin TANS creen aaa 367 368 ESP malfunction and warning Messages ss 315 SOP 211 0 a nee ne ne Re er 369 ESP Electronic stability program sssssseessseeeeen 280 Taillamp assemblies ssessesseeseseeseseesesesseseesesrsessees 368 ESP COMPO S WUC aa a 282 Turn signal lamps c sseccssescsseesesseeeereees 366 368 369 Exterior mirror adjustment 008 Exterior mirror front passenger side parking POSITION eee ceesseeeesteeeees Exterior rear view mirrors Electrically folding ee eeeseeeees Parking position 20 ee eeeseeeeseeeeeees F FUG U ale ki eE Flat tire See changing wheels ccscceeeeee Flexible service system FSS Footwell lighting eeccsseceesseeees Front AIL WA S iccic sicesvesncsscesssenccadocaenladevreeutes Front center console storage compartment ventilation Front Seat adjustment ee eeeeseeeeees Fuel Gasoline additives Premium unleaded gasoline Fuel cap placement warning See CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp Fuel filler flap manual release Fuel requirements ceasar Index oram ni Operation Driving and controls ASA 104 Fuel reserve warning ee
6. Slide the mirror to the left or right for a normal or magnified image Fold the cover down to close the vanity mirror Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving P68 00 0766 26 Interior equipment 195 Instruments and controls Operation Lins SICUnoen ts Operation Driving insteg Practical hints and controls cluster display Interior equipment 196 Interior Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when stowing things Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the shelf below the rear window Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Storage compartments and armrests 5 Illuminated vanity mirror Warning ear seats Keep compartment lids closed This will help to Touch the cover to lower the mirror The lamp will prevent stored objects from being thrown about switch on automatically and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident Close the cover and the lamp will go out Glove box SS NRBRG SRS NBBRG P68 00 0763 26 1 Unlocked position 4 The glove box lid is equipped with a container 4 n for coins and small accessories 2 Locked position 3 Press to open To open press the marking on the cover The glove box lamp switches on with the lid open and automatically switches off after 10 minutes if the lid r
7. an ern fe Operation Driving insteg Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 134 Trip computer 1 AFTER START short distance memory 2 AFTER RESET long distance memory 3 RANGE estimated range remaining 4 Distance covered AFTER START or AFTER START AFTER RESET 00123 M14 51 03 H 73 MPH 6 Elapsed time AFTER START or AFTER RESET 17 3 MPG 7 6 Average speed AFTER START or AFTER RESET 7 Average fuel consumption AFTER START or Ol AFTER RESET AFTER RESET RANGE 00123 MI4 51 03 H Press the button or repeatedly until the 307 MILES 73 MPH 6 display 1 2 or 3 appears 17 3 MPG 7 Press the EAN or R button until the AFTER START short distance memory 1 the AFTER RESET long distance memory 2 or the RANGE estimated range remaining indicator 3 appears Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system P54 30 4482 27 Note The most recently selected display 1 2 or 3 always appears the next time the trip computer is called up Transferring values from the previous journey to the To reset the short AFTER START 1 or long AFTER START short distance memory 1 AFTER RESET distance memory 2 The AFTER START display will flash until a distance of Call up the relevant display 1 or 2 using the EN or approximately 1 mile 1 6 km has b
8. C Category see page 309 1 Cruise control is malfunctioning 1 Key needs possibly to be replaced Malfunction and warning messages 325 earum ni Operation Driving ecean Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Malfunction and warning messages DOOR DOOR FENH Line 1 DOOR OPEN C Category see page 309 326 HOOD OI Practical hints cluster display HOOD FEN P54 30 2173 21 P54 30 4444 21 HOOD OPEN C Category see page 309 See page 339 for hood TELE AID 1 The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and manual emergency roadside assistance and information With this message displayed one or more functions may not be TELE A D available C 2 See page 218 for notes on the Tele Aid T QO fo If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as JISIT WORKSHOP soon as possible P54 30 3347 21 Line 1 Line 2 TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 Malfunction and warning messages 327 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display Instrument Instruments 2 Operation Drivin and controls 7 2 cluster display Malfunction and warning messages CHIP CARD KEYLESS GO CHIP CARO 7 CHECK BATTERY P54 30 2109 21 Line 1 Line 2 C CHIP
9. For safety reasons avoid adjusting the seat or seat back into positions which could affect the correct seat belt positioning Restraint systems 85 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation Restraint systems Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver airbag front passenger airbag side impact airbags head protection window curtain airbags for side windows ETR seat belt emergency tensioning retractors and front knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front airbags and side side impact and window curtain airbags impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds cluster display 86 Practical hints Technical Car care data Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance
10. Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open 229 Practical hints Car care Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Starter switch Starter switch P54 25 2427 26 0 The electronic key can be withdrawn in this position only The electronic key can only be removed with the selector lever in position P After removing the electronic key or with the electronic key in starter switch position 0 or 1 the selector lever is locked in position P Instrument i Practical hints cluster display 1 Most electrical consumers can be operated For detailed information see respective subjects 2 Driving position Gear selector lever is unlocked To move the selector lever out of position P firmly depress the service brake pedal 3 Starting position See page 235 for instructions on starting and stopping the engine See page 42 for instructions on the simultaneous use of the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO function Warning When leaving the vehicle always rem
11. Operation Instrument Driving 223 i Practical hints cluster display Information button Located below the center armrest cover is the Information button Bi Pressing and holding the button for longer than 2 seconds will initiate a call to the Customer Assistance Center The button will flash while the call is in progress The message INFO CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message INFO CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID INFO CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning Tele Aid please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you separately to learn more USA only Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Tele Aid Operation Instrument Driving Notes The indicator lamp in the Information button remains illuminate
12. The storage compartment between the front seats can be ventilated See page 178 for notes on ventilating the storage space under the armrest in the center console The air conditioner switches itself off for its own protection if refrigerant is lost No cooling will then take place Economy mode AC cannot be switched off Have the air conditioner checked by a Mercedes Benz Center should this happen If the vehicle interior has been heated by direct sunlight and is very hot ventilate the interior open door or windows for a short period before driving off Technical Car care data Instruments Operation Driving Paseo Practical hints and controls cluster display Automatic climate control 170 Dust filter Automatic maximum cooling MAXCOOL Nearly all dust particles and pollen are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system A i T 0 HAs COCOL With the automatic climate control set to automatic the system will automatically switch to maximum cooling output when necessary to achieve the set temperature quickly see page 171 The display shows AUTO MAXCOOL The temperature setting cannot be changed during maximum cooling operation P83 40 2288 21 Note By pressing one of the temperature control buttons the system will display briefly approx 5 seconds the set temperature in the display Basic setting automatic mode m Ta ae quToO of
13. You may call up additional displays within some of these categories by pressing the ENN or Keg button Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 119 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second cluster display Practical hints 120 Car care Note The displays in the multifunction display can be set to German English French Italian or Spanish language see SETTINGS INST CLUSTER TEXT on page 140 for instructions on changing the language setting The displays for the audio systems radio CD player cassette player will appear in English regardless of the language selected Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Press button e10 60 p m 100 ai N F100 22 12 io XN INN 120 aria ay for next display in
14. telephone navigation and voice recognition system is stored separately Flexible service system FSS service indicator 80 a Mies 120 140 ee 60 r VAs BO 4 oy T a 201 3 mph0O km h 1 40 SERVICE A amp IH 1000 MILES The FSS permits a flexible service schedule that is directly related to the operating conditions of the vehicle The symbol or appears together with a message in the multifunction display prior to the next suggested service Depending on operating conditions throughout the year the next service is calculated and displayed in days or distance remaining Flexible service system Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 149 j Practical hints cluster display The message is displayed for approximately 10 seconds when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 or while driving when reaching the service warning threshold The symbols and messages indicate the type of service to be performed Service A Service B One of the following messages will appear in the display e g Service A SERVICE A IN xx DAYS SERVICE A IN xx MILES Canada KM SERVICE A EXCEEDED BY xx DAYS SERVICE A EXCEEDED BY xx MILES Canada KM SERVICE A PERFORM SERVICE The next service due date is displayed either in days or in miles depending on your driving style Once the suggested service t
15. 1 Place head restraint upright 2 Fold head restraint backwards Seat bench Individual seats optional 1 Fore and aft adjustment 1 Fore and aft adjustment The seat cushion moves fore aft together with the The seat cushion moves fore aft together with the inclination of the backrest inclination of the backrest 2 Head restraint 2 Cushion tilt Press the switch up or down Press the switch up or down The head restraints can be placed individually in either upright or fold down positions eae tesiramt Press the switch up or down Seats 79 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care Instruments Operation Driving cluster display and controls Seats 80 Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Press button 1 to adjust the front passenger seat Power seat setting passenger seat position from rear XS oe 4 DIS XA Ly Ly oy T x2 x2 4 O 327922 A RIARI EORR EEEREN LX SOO LL XALA AON BOLL I KROSS SHOE S333 5 ly Z 3 Fore aft adjustment 3 4 Backrest tilt 334S 5 Head restraint height 6 Seat up down as se 1S amp o os K2 x2 ry p9 COLL SSA SOSOL OR Z 2 27 A 7 re oe SSRs Ly 33 e LX DA 0X 4 Aes T Press button 2 to adjust the rear seat See page 79 for rear seat adjustment Note S
16. MM The side and door air outlets are opened Door air outlet left and right Display and controls Note We recommend that the sliders for the air outlets 1 6 9 be clicked to the automatic position to provide practically draft free ventilation Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin l 2 cluster display Automatic climate control Display and controls N BO O A W N me Defrosting Rear window defroster see page 183 Residual engine heat utilization see page 176 Automatic climate control on off Air distribution right automatic manual operation Economy mode see page 176 Temperature control right Practical hints Car care 168 8 Air volume automatic manual 9 Display Depending on the ambient light conditions the figures on the display will be shown as dark figures on a bright background in daylight or as bright figures on a dark background at night 10 Temperature control left 11 Air recirculation see page 174 12 Air distribution left automatic manual operation 13 Activated charcoal filter Important This vehicle is equipped with an air conditioning system that uses R 134a HFC hydrofluorocarbon as a refrigerant Repairs should always be performed by a qualified technician and refrigerant should be collected in a recovery system for recycling Automatic climate control The system is always at operational readiness except when manu
17. N Parking brake eee eeeeeeeee 246 248 250 281 304 ae PARKING BRAKE INAV SALI ODS Y SICIN ien aE NAANA 132 malfunction and warning messages 0 ceeeeee 314 Night security illumination 0 eeeeeeeeteeeeee 160 Power assistance cececcececccceccscscessscsscsescsssscseescscsecscseescseees 248 Power closing assist 0 Doors and trunk Lid wee eee cceeeececccccssssscccceeeees 48 Power head restraints reaf cc ccccceesesssssesseeeeseseeecees 77 On board diagnostic system cecccecssecsscsecseeseeeseesees 302 Power seats Operator s mantal eriein NAE 8 Setting passenger seat position from rear 80 Outside temperature indicator ER Ce RY a 115 Power seats front 0 0 50 0 4 a0 eee 6 bie nib S0e e 6 S 000 Ui A eWibe O cee eew sue seee 64 Overhead control panel ase Peat NEEE Ivan cuted a tetd aed ied cena tea 21 Adjustment A E E A A O E 64 Lumbar SUP POM ecnanianaan aa 69 Multicontour backrest ccccccceseseeeeseeeessesssereees 69 P SO ab NC AOR oaae ANA 71 Seat ventilation system eesessessssesesesssesssseesssresssees 74 AN z O GR foot eee i anaes POWCESCAUS TEAL dauran ie a a E 78 o ce m E eal P ere E 208 Power WINdUOWS serae ra e aE E A 184 Tee FOG TE URUK eA AT at Blocking of rear door window operation 186 ae eee 7 ee ee vosssseeeeanenneennennnnennenennnennennneneetts 7 Express opening and Closing sessccsssscssssscsssseesssee 185 oe ene Parktronic sressecrsosserrserese
18. will appear in the COMAND display and call status messages will appear in the multifunction display Operation Instrument Driving 227 Practical hints cluster display Once information is available the message NEW INFO RECEIVED READ LATER WHEN STOPPED will appear Select Yes With the vehicle stopped in a safe location press SVC then select View Info Service of mm dd yyyy hh mm Messages will be retained for 30 minutes once the ignition is switched off Important Tele Aid utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satellites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button does not illuminate during or remains illuminated after the system self check or if the message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP appears in the multifunction display have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument Catalytic converter Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial control of the pollutants in the exhaust emissions Keep your vehic
19. 1 Certification label 2 Vehicle Identification Number VIN below driver s door lock latch below right rear passenger Seat P60 00 2054 26 Technical data 393 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Dractealthinic ACA Technical and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Technical data Operation Technical Instrument practical hints Drivin C 2 cluster display data 394 3 Engine number 4 VIN visible lower edge of windshield 5 Emission control label 6 Information label California version Vacuum line routing for emission control system When ordering spare parts please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers Ni 1 MT Layout of poly V belt drive S 430 S 500 S 55 AMG 1 Automatic belt tensioner 2 Crankshaft 3 Air conditioner compressor 4 Coolant pump Technical data Instruments Operation and controls P Driving P13 22 2008 26 S 600 5 Generator alternator 6 Idler pulley 7 Power steering pump 8 Idler pulley S 600 only 395 Instrument Car care cluster display Practical hints P13 22 2023 26 Technical data Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Technical data Technical data Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing or
20. 321 cluster display Practical hints 3 The ABC is defective Stop the vehicle Press upper half of level control switch see page 286 system selects raised level mode The vehicle chassis is raised depending on the kind of defect Important The wheels may not have sufficient clearance when the steering wheel is turned beyond a certain angle if the ACTIVE BODY CONTROL STOP CAR TOO LOW message appears The front fenders will be damaged if the steering wheel is turned too far Watch and listen for scraping noises Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible 4 The capability of the system is restricted Important When the message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL VISIT WORKSHOP appears do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Car care Instrumen n Instrumen Sumens Operation Driving puu n Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 322 Doon me E tees ee ee TIRE PRESSURE RF CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 ile PF Reo L TIRE PRESSURE LR CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 l TIRE PRESSURE RR CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 CHETI T I ic TIRE PRESSURE LF CHECK TIRES 1 P54 30 3932 21 TIRE PRESSURE RF CHECK TIRES 1 Line 1 c TIRE PRESSURE LR CHECK TIRES 1 TIRE PRESSURE CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 TIRE PRESSURE RR CHECK TIRES l TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES
21. Important Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with selector lever in N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Drive The transmission automatically upshifts through oth gear Position D provides optimum driving characteristics under all normal operating conditions Automatic transmission Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 241 Practical hints cluster display Gear selection for special circumstances The transmission gear ranges for special circumstances can be selected by pressing the selector lever to the right or the left with the selector lever in position D The gear range currently selected is indicated in the instrument cluster display Briefly press selector lever in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear range to the next lower gear range Press and hold selector lever in the D direction The selector lever position display will switch to the gear range currently selected by the automatic transmission Shifting into another gear range that allows for quicker acceleration or to slow the vehicle down is possible Downshifts can also be performed Note To avoid overrevving the engine when the selector lever is moved in D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s revolutions per minute limit woul
22. Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Operation Drivin and controls s Me cluster display Parking brake 246 Parking brake R 2 20 2001 27 To engage firmly depress parking brake pedal When the electronic key is in starter switch position 2 the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster should come on brightly To release the parking brake pull handle on instrument panel The brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster should go out A warning sounds and the parking brake warning message see page 314 appears in the multifunction display if you start to drive without having released the parking brake Also see brake warning lamp on page 304 Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an accident or serious injury Driving instructions Drive sensibly Save Fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent depends on driving habits and operating conditions To save fuel you should e keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures e remove unnecessary loads e remove roof rack when not in use e allow engine to warm up under low load use e avoid frequent acceleration and deceleration e have all maintenance work perfo
23. Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation system Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats The passenger front airbag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired t Baby Smart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display Malfunction and warning messages for the following systems will be displayed immediately in the multifunction display They are divided into three categories Category C1 Messages of most immediate priority These cannot be cleared from the instrument cluster using the button Categories C2 and C3 Messages of less immediate priority These can be cleared from the instrument cluster using the button and are then stored in the malfunction message memory See page 136 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Note Certain malfunction and warning messages are accompanied by an audible sign
24. The seats have an inflatable air cushion built into the front of the front seats Settings see page 70 backrest to provide additional lumbar support 1 Lumbar region Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 The inflation pressure of the air cushion can be continuously varied between position 0 no pressure 3 Backrest side cushions and position 5 maximum pressure by changing the pressure regulator 1 setting Massage iuneuon PULSE 2 Center section Seats 69 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Instruments and controls Seats Instrument cluster display Operation Driving We recommend that you make the basic settings in the following order 1 Lumbar region 2 Center section front seats only Switches 1 and 2 Press top of switch and hold the individual air cushions will be inflated one after the other Release the switch in the desired position Press bottom of switch and hold the individual air cushions will be deflated one after the other Release the switch in the desired position Rear seats The switch clusters are located on the sides of the seat 3 Backrest side cushions Some models may be equipped with multicontour seats These seats have inflatable air cushions built into the backrests to provide additional lumbar and side support Turn the electronic key in starter switch to po
25. turn signal lamps rear 1156 NA bulb tail and parking lamp P 21 4 W tail parking and rear fog lamp driver s side P 21 4 W tail parking standing and side marker lamp R 5 W 4 cp backup lamps 21 W 32 cp license plate lamps 5 W 4 cp Check regularly and before a long trip 1 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system For refilling reservoir see page 345 2 Coolant level see Adding coolant on page 344 3 Engine oil level see Engine oil level checking on page 156 and 342 4 Brake fluid see Brake fluid on page 404 Y lt a il Opening hood see page 339 ans YG ih Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For gt poo 20d zal replacement of light bulbs see Exterior lamps on page 364 Exterior lamp switch see page 158 Check regularly and before a long trip 299 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Malfunction and indicator LIGHTING SYSTEM seee 318 lamp in the LIGHT SENSOR sssi 320 Malfunction and indicator center console sseseesesssssssesr0 308 ACTIVE BODY CONTROL tele AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 308 ABQ ssrsseccssssssessessssssssssssnseecvee 320 Dene nee yee eaugeege 302 Malfunction and warning TIRE PRESSURE csccsssssssesseee 322 P P messages in the ENGINE OIL LEVEL o sesee 324 SY SCI saras iit icastaaeeueees
26. 1 C Category see page 309 14 TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES 2 LR left rear LF left front TIRE PRESS MONITOR PRESS DISPLAY AFTER 2 ce ects ACTIVATED DRIVING A FEW MINS RB tighi rgan RE tight iront REACTIVATE TIRE PRESS MONITOR 3 TIRE PRESS MONITOR CURRENTLY INACTIVE 2 TIRE PRESS MONITOR VISIT WORKSHOP 2 TIRE PRESSURE LF CAUTION TIRE DEFECT 1 Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire 1 One or more tires is or has deflated rapidly Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers For reference on changing wheels see page 348 2 The tire pressure on one or more tires is already below minimum value Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers For reference on changing wheels see page 351 3 For tire inflation pressure monitor see page 152 Malfunction and warning messages 323 Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care Tire pressure in one or more tires is low Check and correct tire pressure according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap For tire inflation pressure see page 356 The tire inflation pressure monitor must be activated again after the tire inflation
27. Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints Car care and controls s 2 cluster display Exterior lamps 366 Bulbs for high and low beam Turn signal lamp H7 55 W 2357 NA 28 5 8 3 W Yellow Open hood Open hood Press the clip together arrow and remove headlamp Press the clip together arrow and remove headlamp cover 1 or 2 cover 2 Pull electrical connector off Twist bulb socket 7 counterclockwise and pull out Unclip the retainer spring and take out the bulb Push bulb into socket turn counterclockwise and remove I h l hat th l in th EE E Pe E e E O Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise recess on the holder Reinstall bulb socket er in retainer springs and plug the connector onto the ipa headlamp cover and lick inionlace Align headlamp cover 1 or 2 and click into place Xenon optional Bulb for low beam Warning Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Front fog lamp H1 55W Open hood Press the clip together arrow and remove headlamp cover 1 Pull electrical connector off Unclip the retainer spring and take out the bulb Insert the new bulb so that the base locates in the recess on the holder Clip in retainer spring and plug the connector onto the bulb Align headlamp cover 1 and click into plac
28. Location of the vehicle on a map is possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the response center i Practical hints cluster display 220 Car care Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display for approx 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be summoned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually P82 00 0410 26 P82 00 0411 26 Briefly press on cover 1 the cover will open Press the SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in the SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center Close the cover 1 after the emergency call is concluded Tele Aid 221 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 Instruments and controls Tele Aid Instrument Driving Operation Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and mov
29. Never change the program mode when the selector lever is out of position P It could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared Important Always be certain of the program mode selected since the vehicle driving characteristics change with the selection of the program mode Dependent on the program mode selector switch position S or W and the gear selector lever in position R the ratio of power transmission changes Automatic transmission Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 245 Practical hints cluster display Emergency operation Limp home mode If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the transmission is most likely operating in Limp Home Mode which engages when there is a malfunction of the transmission This condition may be accompanied by the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster coming on In this mode only the 2nd gear or reverse gear can be activated To engage 2nd gear or reverse Stop the vehicle Move selector lever to position P Turn off the engine Wait approximately 10 seconds Restart the engine a ape ORN e Move selector lever to position D for 2nd gear or move selector lever to position R for reverse gear Have the transmission checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Car care
30. Practical hints Car care 1 The navigation system is switched off 2 The navigation system is switched on but no destination has been specified 3 The navigation system is switched on and destination guidance is active Press the or button repeatedly until the required system is displayed See the separate COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System instruction manual for notes on the navigation system Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Distronic DTR 1 Distronic is deactivated The actual distance 5 and the should be distance 6 to the vehicle ahead 4 are displayed 2 Activating Distronic The display with the selected speed is shown for approximately 5 seconds 3 Distronic is activated The message DTR OFF appears for approximately 5 seconds when Distronic is being deactivated 4 Vehicle ahead Only appears if a vehicle is detected ahead 5 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 6 Should be distance to vehicle ahead as calculated by Distronic OISTROHIC 7 Own vehicle 8 Distance warning function is activated see page 272 Press the or button repeatedly until the P54 30 4488 27 required system is displayed Distronic DTR see page 261 Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 133 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving
31. The ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 and should go out with the engine running When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on while the engine is running it indicates that the ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off In this case the brake system functions in the usual manner but without antilock assistance For ABS malfunction indicator lamp see page 306 With the ABS malfunctioning the BAS and ESP are also switched off The ABS malfunction indicator lamp and the ESP warning lamp come on with the engine running If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the ABS is switched off When the voltage is above this value again the malfunction indicator lamp should go out and the ABS is operational Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 279 Practical hints cluster display If the ABS malfunction indicator lamp stays illuminated have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Warning ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from exc
32. and controls Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle Power washer 66 Tar stains ii dslccoise kien Paintwork painted body components 000 Engine cleaning Vehicle washing Ornamental moldings Headlamps taillamps turn signal lenses Cleaning the Distronic system sensor 66 Vehicle care Operation Driving Cleaning the parktronic system SeEnSOTS sccsesceseorsesnees 386 WiDErDIadES drr 387 Light alloy wheels 00 388 Instrument cluster 0 388 Steering wheel and gear Selector lever 008 388 CUP Olde enn 388 EAU DENS ooren 389 Headliner and shelf below rear window 0008 389 Leather upholstery 0 389 Hard plastic trim items 389 Plastic and rubber parts 389 381 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display Cleaning and care of the vehicle Cleaning and care of the vehicle Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the particular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not designed for cleaning your vehicle In operation y
33. devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier 4 Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the 1 Locate training button on the garage door opener programmed button on the integrated remote motor head unit Exact location and color of the control transmitter button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button Canadian programming l reference to garage door opener operator s manua During programming your hand held transmitter may 2 Press training button on the garage door opener automatically stop transmitting Continue to press and motor head unit which activates the training hold the integrated remote control transmitter button light note steps 2 through 4 in the Programming portion while you press and re press cycle your hand held Note i transmitter every two seconds until the frequency Following step 2 there are 30 seconds to initiate signal has been learned The indicator lamp will flash step 3 slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training Operation of remote control Erasing the remote control memory 1 Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 1 Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 or 2 2 Select and press th
34. e Information Fourth priority Should a higher priority call be initiated while you are connected an upgrade alternating tone will be heard and the appropriate indicator lamp will flash If certain information such as vehicle identification number or customer information is not available the operator may need to retransmit Tele Aid Instruments and controls During this time you will hear a chirp and voice contact will be interrupted Voice contact will resume once the retransmission is completed Once a call is concluded a chirp will be heard and the appropriate indicator lamp will stop flashing The COMAND system operation will resume Important If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Operation Instrument Driving 225 Practical hints cluster display Notes The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted and the s
35. for example Heated seats rear window defroster In addition the automatic climate air volume control should be set to the lowest position Starting and turning off the engine Before starting Ensure that parking brake is engaged and that selector lever is in position P or N Important In areas where temperatures frequently drop below 4 F 20 C we recommend that an engine block heater be installed Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will advise you on this subject see page 255 Starting with the electronic key Do not depress accelerator Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 2 Briefly turn electronic key in starter switch clockwise to the stop and release The starter will engage until the engine is running If engine will not run and the starting procedure stops turn electronic key completely to the left and repeat starting the engine After several unsuccessful attempts have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Important Due to the installed starter non repeat feature the electronic key must be turned completely to the left before attempting to start the engine again Note Too many unsuccessful starting attempts may discharge the battery Turning off with the electronic key Put the selector lever in position P and turn the electronic key in the starter switch to position 0 to stop the engine The electronic key can only be r
36. the vehicle will automatically lock Locking Press transmit button once All turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked If they do not blink three times a door or trunk is not properly closed Note If the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked by pressing the transmit button then it may be necessary to change the batteries in the electronic key if ok battery check lamp in electronic key will light briefly when pressing transmit button or to synchronize the remote control see pages 371 and 373 Choosing global or selective mode on remote control Press and hold transmit buttons and simultaneously for five seconds to reprogram the remote control Battery check lamp will blink two times indicating the completed mode change Technical Practical hints Car care Operation Driving and controls cluster display data Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Central locking system Opening the trunk The trunk lid will swing open automatically You should always make sure there is sufficient clearance A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid Press transmit button until trunk lid is open Important Do not place remote control in trunk since trunk is locked when the lid is closed if the vehicle is centrally locked Notes If the trunk was previously locked
37. their liquid state by applying plenty of water Rear view mirrors 107 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Driving Practical hints Car care Operation Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Memory function 108 Memory function Warning Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Three sets of seat and multicontour backrest positions may be stored into memory Together with the driver s seat position you can store O O the positions for steering wheel exterior rear view mirrors and inside rear view mirror For the front passenger you can store the seat position i oiea Three stored positions are available for each of the two electronic keys or for both KEYLESS GO cards vehicles with KEYLESS GO For notes regarding the storing of key dependent memory positions see page 111 The memory and stored position buttons are located on the doors 1 Memory button used to store selected positions which can be retrieved by pressing the buttons 2 2 Stored position buttons Storing positions into memory Driver s seat with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 or with the driver s door open Front passenger seat and rear seats with electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 or the relevant
38. 273 11 Automatic climate control see page 166 Rear window defroster switch see page 183 12 Ashtray see page 204 Lighter see page 206 13 Start Stop button Starter switch for KEYLESS GO only see page 232 18 Distronic DTR thumbwheel for setting distance see page 273 Instruments and controls 25 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Driving Practical hints and controls Instruments and controls Contents Operation Driving Operation Operation Ve ICE KEYS eraa 28 Start lock OUt onnan 31 General notes on the central locking system 32 Central locking system 33 Radio frequency and infrared remote control 33 KEYLESS GO nosion a 36 Opening and closing windows and sliding pop up roof Iron outside srete 43 Panic DUON acccacons cela cies 45 Mechanical keys eeeseeeeees 45 DOO Sen E 46 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid 48 Central locking switch 48 Automatic central locking 50 Emergency unlocking in Case Of acident snra 50 TEU ee err eerererey emyor crerresr 51 Trank lamp encena a 54 Load Practical hints cluster display 26 Trunk lid release switch 55 Trunk lid release close switch 56 Trunk lid emergency release 59 Antitheft alarm system 60 Tow away alarm eeeesoeeseeesseseesessesse 61 Easy entry exit featu
39. 302 multifunction display 309 CRUISE CONTROL 395 Check engine malfunction DISPLAY DEFECTIVE ccsssccse0e 310 xpy 395 indicator lamp Gndiovinutageisasascastaeacts 302 BATTERY ALTERNATOR Cute 311 DOOR 326 Brake warning lamp esedvelusvussees 304 ENTRANCE POSITION 312 HOOD 326 Uppi mente TE ait sy oti BRAKE ASSIST seccseccestecesseestee BI edie ncecceccnsecee Ka B indicator lamp Re eke ee sete BRAKE LINING WEAR 313 ae Ranh vie dasa caudasdeawsludvaucevieeava ae oe eae BRAKE FLUID siscsisnivicsenninsies 313 KBYLESS GO seesessescsssseseee 328 indicator lamp cceseeseeeeees 306 o gi aes F SELECTOR LEVER sssssssssssssseeesn 329 Electronic stability program NPE A TELEPHONE FUNCTION Tees 329 ESP warning lamp 307 ELEC STABIL PROG WASHER FLUID uu eens 330 Distronic DTR ion Stability a5 AIR SPRING AirMatic nn 331 warning lamp eceeececesseeseeeees 307 o e Co DISTRONIC DTR eee eeeee 332 Seat belt nonusage coolant level 316 AIR CLEANER ccccsserccssoreess 333 warning lamp eseseseesessesseessssese 308 COOLANT oo coolant temperature 317 Contents Instrument cluster display 301 Lines Emer Operation Driving Ungar Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Technical data Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care cluster display Malfunction and
40. 361 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care Important When towing the vehicle please note the following With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch position 2 vehicles with KEYLESS GO in On position see page 232 the vehicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking deactivate the automatic central locking See VEHICLE under Individual settings on page 146 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts Note The selector lever will remain locked in position P and the electronic key cannot be turned in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged See battery on page 357 or jump starting on page 359 HS FETE Operation Driving ESS EAE Sane Practical hints and controls cluster display Towing the vehicle 362 P88 20 0408 26 P88 20 0410 26 1 Cover on right side of front bumper 2 Cover right side of rear bumper To remove cover To remove cover Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover Press mark on cover in direction of arrow and lift cover off to reveal threaded hole for towing eye bolt The off to reveal threaded hole for tow
41. 98H 1 Must not be used with snow chains S55 AMG S 600 Sport Package 8 J x 18 H 2 1 73 in 44 mm 9 Jx18H2 1 81 in 46 mm 245 45 R 18 96 Y 275 40 R 18 99 Y Moh 7 Jx17H2 2 0 in 51 mm 225 60 R17 98H 3 Also permissible 275 40 ZR 18 99 Y MO 2 Also permissible 245 45 ZR 18 96 Y Technical data 399 Technical Instruments Instrument f Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Drivin l 2 cluster display data Instruments and controls Operation Technical data Rims Winter tires Model Rim light alloy Wheel offset Winter tires Radial ply tires Electrical system Model Generator alternator Starter motor Battery Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque Driving ine Ina Practical hints Car care Jec nniea cluster display data 400 S 55 AMG TIH 1 81 in 46 mm 225 55 R 17 97 HM S S 430 S 500 S 55 AMG S 600 14 V 150 A 14 V 150 A 14 V 150 A 12V 1 7 KW 12V 1 7 KW 12V 2 2 KW 12V 100 Ah 12V 100 Ah 12V 100 Ah Bosch F 8 DPER NGK PFR 5 11 Beru 14 F 7 DPUR X 2 Beru 14 FGH 8 DPUR X 2 NGK PFR 5 R 11 0 039 in 1 0 mm 15 22 ft lb 20 30 Nm 0 039 in 1 0 mm 15 22 ft lb 20 30 Nm 0 041 in 1 05 mm 15 22 ft lb 20 30 Nm Weights Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 lb 100 kg Main dimensions Model S 430 220 070 S 430 220 170 S55 AMG 220 173 S 600 220 178 S 500 220 175 Overall vehicle length 1
42. B button to select a frequency 7 next or previous system radio adjustment MEMORY use the Bag or XJ button to select a stored station preset memory To return menu VEHICLE 4 and 5 to its factory 5 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK see automatic central ne locking on page 50 e Call up menu 4 or 5 6 Returning the setting menu VEHICLE to the e Press the button in the instrument cluster for factory setting approximately 3 seconds Display 6 will appear 7 Acknowledgment e Press the button once more The menu VEHICLE is reset to factory settings Press the or button repeatedly until the acknowledged by display 7 individual setting preliminary display 1 appears The individual setting display SETTINGS 2 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset Press the EAN or RA button until the setting menu SETTINGS 2 is displayed Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 147 Instruments and controls Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical Operation Drivin 2 cluster display data Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls LY 2 cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 148 Setting the audio volume Setting button You can only adjust the volume of the system currently increases the volume in use The volume setting for each system audio ESE reduces the volume
43. CD player is switched on 3 The number of the CD currently playing is displayed 1 if you are using a CD changer deat 4 Track number OFF Switch on the CD player see COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until 2 display 2 appears cD4 3 Press the EAN or Keg button repeatedly until the TRACK 54 required track number 4 is displayed Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Note To select a CD from the magazine only vehicles with CD changer press a number on the COMAND system key P54 30 2187 27 pad located in the center dashboard Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 125 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Cassette player TAPE SIDE 13 P54 30 2186 27 Practical hints Car care 126 1 Audio system is switched off 2 The cassette player is switched on 3 Side being played Switch on the cassette player see COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until display 2 appears Pressing the EAN button fast forwards on to the next track Pressing the BY button rewinds the cassette to the beginning of the current track Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Notes To select the reverse side o
44. Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls i Practical hints cluster display Interior equipment 202 Cup holder To open Fold the cover to the side To close Fold the cover back Warning Keep the cup holder closed while traveling Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to prevent spills Do not fill containers to a height where the contents could spill during vehicle maneuvers especially hot liquids P68 00 0769 26 1 Cup holder in front seat armrest To open Push front of sliding compartment the cup holder Slides out To close Push the sliding compartment back until it engages Warning Keep the cup holder closed while traveling Place only containers that fit into the cup holder to prevent spills Do not fill containers to a height where the contents could spill during vehicle 6 ce maneuvers especially hot liquids 2 Cup holder in rear seat armrest Interior equipment 203 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls j Practical hints cluster display Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Interior equipment 204 Ashtrays Center console To open Briefly touch the mark on the cover the ashtray opens automatically To remove ashtray insert from center console Warning Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still With the gear selector lever in position
45. N turn off the engine and set the parking brake Otherwise the vehicle might move as a result of unintended contact with the gear selector lever Press sliding knob 1 toward the right to eject the insert Prior to removing the ashtray insert move the gear To replace insert selector lever to position N Install insert into ashtray frame and push down to engage into place Rear doors To open Briefly touch the back of the cover the ashtray slides open automatically Briefly press the back of the cover and the ashtray slides back To remove the insert Pull the ashtray out slightly and remove the insert To install the insert Position the insert and press down while sliding forward P68120 200 26 Interior equipment 205 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls LY gt cluster display Interior equipment 206 Lighter Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Push in lighter in 2 it will pop out automatically when hot Note The lighter socket can be used to accommodate electrical accessories up to a maximum 85 W 1 Center console lighter 2 Rear door lighters Interior equipment Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Practical hints cluster display Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are e
46. Operation Driving ae Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving instructions 250 Parking Important It is advisable to set the parking brake whenever Warning parking or leaving the vehicle In addition move To reduce the risk of personal injury as a result of selector lever to position P vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always When parking on hills always set the parking brake 1 Keep right foot on service brake pedal Firmly depress parking brake pedal Move the selector lever to position P Slowly release service brake pedal Turn front wheels towards the road curb oOo oO FF W N Turn the electronic key to starter switch position 0 and remove or press start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO 7 Take the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO card vehicles with KEYLESS GO and lock vehicle when leaving Tires Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the roadway Inspect the tires and under the vehicle for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have it towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs P40 10 2104 26 Tread wear indicators TWI are required by l
47. PARKING BRAK E eroian R 314 POD eoa A 122 SPEECTOR TEEVER monone tor anA E 329 Individual SettingS ee eeeeessessseseeesseeceeeeseeeeees 138 TELE AID oops oe cocastentens NAT 327 Malfunction warning message memory 136 TELEPHONE FUNCTION cecccccccccsscsccssccsessassceseesess 329 Navigation SVStCUD oieri RR 132 TURE PRESSURE snanar aa A 322 Rido ceanna aO 124 TRUNK OPEN sossarna o a 314 Telephone ninen ONO 127 WASHER TEUD orn a 330 Telephone Incoming call oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 131 Manual operation of sliding pop up roof 6 377 Telephone Redialine srann 129 Manual release for fuel filler flap oe eeeeeeees 376 Telephone WOOK secera wate a E 127 Mechanical KEYS eeen a 29 45 Tire inflation pressure monitor seessesoeesseesse0s000 122 ME MOTY anana aeaa tats 102 103 104 108 Trip and main odometer and sub menu 122 RECADO sE E ER 109 TTD COMPULET ariera E E 134 AOO eaa valued adits sanGaheuoonanetaueeiesancsaeniien Meee ats 109 Veli Cle SPECI rana AEN E N 122 Mirror exterior Multifunction steering wheel c cecscessseeessreeeees 118 AUSE ea E 104 Setting the audio volume ss soesonoeeesoseesseeesseesseeesse 148 Parkinge poSo ere a N 105 Mirror exterior rear VIEW sesssessssesssesesssseresssseeresss 104 Mirror inside rear VIEW eeusssesssessessssesessssereesssseeresss 103 Multicontour backrest eesenseneeseesssssssssseeeeeeeceereessssses 69
48. PVC IU OMI INS assole crc eae Sanciscausal NARA 189 Stowing things in the Vehicle ou ee eeeeeesseeeeees 336 STOW CHAINS a a E E R E 253 SE i ET EE E er 194 SOS call Supplemental Restraint System SRS uc 89 De NOLS G AIG ae aoe sesinessitaciien tases 218 macar FAWN enea Ea 305 opare parts SOVICE cra sncutersoyendovensoiees steered esaeneeenenas 392 SRo MiAlBOECUON sisien N ES 91 Index 421 uien en Operation Driving LIne Se Practical hints Car care Monae and controls cluster display data nies ACORN Operation Driving Liss Inna Practical hints Car care Mech it cel and controls cluster display data Index 422 T Tire inflation pressure monitor ccc ceeeeeseeseeeeeeees 152 Inquiry of present tire inflation pressure 152 WACHOMICTCR aana 117 TIRE PRESSURE Technicaldata aaa SES POE RI 396 malfunction and warning messages ceeeeee 322 Electrical Sy Stemi irena NTA ONN 400 Tires Main dimensions sssssosseeeeoseeseseseeesessssssesssssssssssssssee 401 Driving instructions gicuicteiceich dudcuvebs ints rues tapecnene stoma 251 Rims And ES aa NA 398 RIMS ANA iPS cococccoccccccccccccccccccccecccceccccecccccccccccsccccccs 398 Weights sis Basile easSaie sis A E ucaicinn ete inicio arate awa 401 Rotating AYVA TSTS KO 349 TAGA C arises e a e EN 218 Tire inflation PROS SUT Cs tuee i e eie 356 BIM Ol SOMO CAMS iesene tn nasa tana ame 219 Tire Replacement c ccccsesssssssesessssessssessssesessssees 348 TOTDAT ON
49. VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument cluster display This message indicates a malfunction which must be repaired immediately It may indicate that the poly V belt has broken Should this condition occur the poly V belt must be replaced before continuing to operate the vehicle Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 311 Practical hints Car care Lis OSE Operation Driving iS Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 312 ENTRY POSITION BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST BAS JISIT WORKSHOP ENTRY POSIT ITOH DO HOT ORI WE P54 30 4436 21 P54 30 2097 21 Line 1 Line 2 Line 1 Line 2 ENTRY POSITION DO NOT DRIVE BRAKE ASSIST VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 C Category see page 309 Wait until the seat and steering wheel have moved to A malfunction has been detected in the system The their driving positions The display will clear when they brake system functions in the usual manner but without brake assist system BAS have done so See also page 63 for easy entry exit feature See page 277
50. a parking space control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes Accelerate gently and never abruptly step on the accelerator To rock a vehicle out of soft ground mud or snow alternately shift from forward to reverse while applying slight partial throttle Automatic transmission Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 239 Practical hints cluster display Rocking a vehicle free in this manner may cause the ABS or traction system malfunction indicator lamp to come on Turn off and restart the engine to clear the malfunction indication Warning Getting out of your vehicle with the selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an incline position P alone may not prevent your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P see page 246 for parking brake When parked on an incline also turn front wheel against curb Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident or serious injury Technical data Car care Instruments Instrument Tech
51. a en rN NE rn 223 TiPe lt S peed TAS srs iA 253 Initiating an emergency call manually 221 E EEE O EE TE 252 Roadside Assistance eeeesssesesesssesessssseesssssssssssssseee 222 Winter driving instructions eeeeesesesesseseereseres 254 TELE AID Tool kit malfunction and warning Messages sss 327 See Vehicle tools esesssessessessesssessessseseessersessseseessessess 346 Telephone arisan E R 127 Tow away alarm sssini 61 General Notes sssssssssseeseerrrerrerssesseeeeerrrrerresesesses 209 216 TOW MeNe hi Esee ATTN 361 INCOMING call ssesecseecrsseesssecssseeessneessneeesnecsseeesneesen 131 Travelin aDrOnd ere nee ne eRe en SRE ere Ce 257 Redalen A sine 129 Trip COMpUtEr cazeccistacdasecace deeerenieaveeesccperrtonones 134 Telephone BOOK ss sscsseesssssseesseceesseeeeseneecesnneeesenneee 127 PRU 200 OM GLEE ara eres Ge atoendsee Moet ie ela alee 117 TELEPHONE FUNCTION AEM Ase a Oia E N aac cc ati eee eee aloe O 51 malfunction and warning Messages s s s 329 OPENI aea A E 36 Telephones and two way radios ssssssssssssesssrrsersessers 216 Power ClOSING ASSIST oimnnorar er 48 The first 1 000 miles 1 500 km esses 217 RELEASC OWUC e vonesrmsareusee 55 Tire inflation pressure eseessessesseessessessesssesserseesesssesss 356 Release close SWitCh sesscccssscccsssssssssssscessesssssseeeeesssse 56 Trunk lid closing feature eee ccesseceeseceeseeees 53 DYN VOID eera AAS 54 U Trunk lid Emergen
52. approved Interior Care onto soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure Plastic and rubber parts Do not use oil or wax on these parts Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moistened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Car care Technical data Spare parts service Warranty coverage Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Contents Technical data Instruments Operation and controls P Driving BVOC OLS nepera 404 Engine oil additives eee 404 Air conditioner refrigerant 404 Brake TMA ceanna 404 Premium unleaded gasoline 405 Fuel requirements cece 405 Gasoline additives eee 406 CO OLATNS ecstatic ccstey nee eared 406 Consumer information 408 391 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care Technical data Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Technical data Spare parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of original spare parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different spare parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Merce
53. aquaplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a BAS equipped car must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others The BAS is designed to maximize the vehicle s braking capability during emergency braking maneuvers by having maximum power boost applied to the brakes more quickly in emergency braking conditions than might otherwise be afforded solely by the driver s braking style This can help reduce braking distances over what ordinary driving and braking style might do The BAS complements the Antilock Brake System ABS Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 277 Practical hints cluster display Applying the brakes very quickly results in maximum BAS assistance To receive the benefit of the system you must apply continuous full braking power during the stopping sequence Do not reduce brake pedal pressure Once the brake pedal is released the BAS is deactivated If the BAS warning message is displayed in the multifunction display a malfunction has been detected in the system The brake system functions in the usual manner but without BAS With the ABS malfunctioning the BAS is also switched off If a BAS warning message is displayed in the multifunction display have the BAS checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possi
54. by approximately one inch 25 mm Instrument cluster display Practical hints 288 Car care Raised level option I This setting should be used when road surface conditions are very rough for increased ground clearance Speed dependent lowering of vehicle chassis approximate values e at standstill raised by approximately one and one eight inch 30 mm e between 0 mph 0 km h and 35 mph 60 km h lowered progressively by approximately inch 10 mm e between 35 mph 60 km h and 120 mph 190 km h lowered progressively by approximately one inch 25 mm Adaptive damping system ADS Depending upon road surface conditions driving style and damping program selected ADS will automatically adjust for optimal ride comfort The selected damping mode is stored in memory when removing the electronic key from the starter switch The following settings are available Soft damping program indicator lamps 3 4 are switched off Firm damping program I indicator lamp 3 lights up Firm damping program II indicator lamps 3 4 light up P32 31 2010 26 Soft damping program The switch is located on the center console Setting for regular driving Press the switch when the engine is running The soft damping mode is activated when both indicator lamps 3 4 are switched off 1 Firm damping program I and II To change from soft to firm damping mode press upper 2 Soft damping program hal
55. by normal l drinking water If your are not sure about the water Model Approx freeze protection quality consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center 39 F 49 F Anticorrosion antifreeze ae PRR Your vehicle contains a number of aluminium parts The use of aluminium components in motor vehicle engines S 430 S 500 6 1 US qt 6 7 US qt necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used S 55 AMG 5 75 I 6 3 1 in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminium parts Failure to use such anticorrosion S 600 6 3 US qt 7 0 US qt antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly 6 0 1 6 6 1 shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz anticorrosion antifreeze agent Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 407 Technical Lins umes Operation Driving ine IIo ee Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Consumer information Consumer information This has been prepared as required of all manufactures of passenger cars under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Tread wear 200 Traction
56. care Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution We recommend M S rated radial ply tires for the winter season for all four wheels to insure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance as compared with summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not snow or ice covered Tire speed rating S 430 S 500 and S 600 except Sport Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with H rated tires which have a speed rating of 130 mph 210 km h Vehicles with Sport Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 188 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph 210 km h S 55 AMG Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 188 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h Despite the tire rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use prudent driving speeds appr
57. caus Aur Ad Ate ee seh te acess 358 Front center console BATTERY ALTERNATOR storage compartment ventilation 178 malfunction and warning messages ccceeeee 311 MAAGOO Dreco a 170 181 BIOGK DEJOL aces sscncusg asdeevadevascvanndedssssscnciaesdsectsuicavevecsent 255 Rear Window defroster ccessccesseceseeeseceeseeeeseees 183 BRAKE ASSIST Residual engine heat utilization REST ou 176 malfunction and warning Messages u s 312 Special settings ccccsscccscesssssssessssssscssssessecessesesesenees 172 Brake assist system BAS ssssssssesrssessessesssssscsseese 217 Switching on and off w eceecesescsssessssscesssseseseecesees 177 Brake Muld precas 248 299 304 402 404 Automatic climate control rear BRAKE FLUID Air volume Manual serens i annan 181 malfunction and warning Messages u 313 Basic setting seisein 181 Brako ACW CAI moeie oT E A 313 Automatic maximum cooling eesssesseeesssseeseesesseesseess 170 BRAKE PAD WEAR Rear passenger compartment climate control 181 malfunction and warning messages ceeeseeees 313 AUTOMATIC transmission oo eeeeeeeesesssssssssscececeeceeees 237 Brake eee LAMP weeseeessee eee eee 304 Emergency Operation scccccsssssssccscsssssescesseesssssseseee 245 Brake TUIL IOW ieceri a a 304 Fluid level cross adrian arte tehe axel sttes tantra ig IARC eee setae a ee RBN Program mode Selector switch ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 244 Bulbs Selector lever P
58. conditions and driver reaction will not always be able to avoid a collision Important Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by Distronic which could result in wrong or missing distance warnings See page 269 for additional driving hints Distronic settings 1 Switch for distance warning function 2 Thumbwheel for setting distance Distronic provides a range of following distances to the vehicle in front The medium setting is noticeable by a detent in the center position of the thumbwheel 2 If you want to e Increase distance turn thumbwheel 2 towards BEA Driving systems Instruments and controls Driving Operation Instrument Practical hints cluster display e Decrease distance turn thumbwheel 2 towards BFA Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recommendations for safe following distance To switch the distance warning function on or off To switch on press upper half of switch 1 The indicator lamp in the switch lights up If the Distronic menu is active in the multifunction display a loudspeaker symbol appears To switch off press lower half of the switch 1 The indicator lamp in the switch goes out If the Distronic menu is active in the multifunction display the loudspeaker s
59. damage 324 Practical hints Car care 3 There is a risk of damaging the engine or catalytic converter The engine oil level must be checked immediately See Engine oil level indicator on page 156 4 The engine oil level has dropped to a critical level Check the engine oil level immediately See Engine oil level indicator on page 156 and check the engine for visible leakage loss of oil Possibility of water in the engine oil Have the engine oil checked 5 The measuring system is malfunctioning When the ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK LEVEL message appears while the engine is running and at operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum mark on the dipstick When this occurs the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engine oil should be topped to the full mark on the dipstick with an approved oil The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty CRUISE CONTROL KEY REPLACE KEY VISIT WORKSHOP UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2245 21 P54 30 2994 21 CRUISE CONTROL VISIT WORKSHOP REPLACE KEY VISIT WORKSHOP AUTOM LIGHT ON REMOVE KEY C Category see page 309 CRUISE CONTROL
60. display 270 Car care SS nim a Yj P54 70 2162 26 The Distronic system s detection zone is relatively narrow at the start and becomes broader as it senses further from the vehicle Thus Distronic may not recognize another vehicle coming into your path close to the front of your vehicle You must be prepared to intercede with braking or steering as necessary A vehicle not traveling directly in front of you could cause detection problems the actual distance to that vehicle really being much shorter P54 70 2163 26 A vehicle changing lanes at close range is only recognized when entering the area scanned by Distronic You must apply the service brakes to gain sufficient distance to the vehicle ahead Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Driving P54 70 2164 26 A narrow vehicle e g a motorcycle is only recognized when entering the area scanned by Distronic You must apply the service brakes to gain sufficient distance to the vehicle ahead 271 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Driving systems Distance warning function Even if Distronic is deactivated the distance to the vehicle ahead continues to be measured see page 275 for multifunction display The Distronic lamp in the speedometer dial illuminates to advise the driver of a situation which under normal braki
61. for notes on the brake assist system BAS BRAKE PAD WEAR BRAKE PAO WEAR F O F UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 4446 21 Line 1 Line 2 VISIT WORKSHOP BRAKE PAD WEAR C Category see page 309 When this message appears during braking it indicates that the brake pads are worn down Have the brake system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible BRAKE FLUID BRAKE FLUID UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2101 21 Line 1 Line 2 VISIT WORKSHOP BRAKE FLUID C Category see page 309 Warning Driving with this message displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Don t add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Malfunction and warning messages 313 Instrument Car care Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving cluster display Instruments Operation Driving Pastrumment Practical hints and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 314 PARKING BRAKE TRUNK OPEN PHRE IHG BRAKE TRUHE OPEH C lt RELEASE PARKING BRAKE P54 30 4438 21 P54 30 2133 21 Line 1 Line 2 Line 1 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE PARKING BRAKE TRUNK OPEN C Category see page 309 C Category see page 309 ESP Electronic stability program
62. from moving objects in front of it 3 Canceling To cancel Distronic briefly push lever to position 3 The last set speed remains stored in memory 4 Resume e Ifthe lever is briefly pulled to position 4 when driving at a speed above approximately 25 mph Canada 40 km h the vehicle resumes the speed which was selected prior to the cancellation of Distronic e For minor increases of speeds in increments of 2 P54 25 2148 26 1 mph Canada 1 km h briefly pull lever to position 4 The speed stored in memory is displayed in the multifunction display and one or two segments around the stored speed light up in the speedometer dial see page 276 The last memorized speed is canceled when the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or 0 1 Accelerate and set To increase the speed by 5 mph Canada 10 km h briefly lift lever up 2 Decelerate and set To reduce the speed by 5 mph Canada 10 km h briefly depress lever Driving systems 263 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Driving systems Activation of Distronic 12298 440 Izo Iso 260 LEANA P54 70 2194 26 Any given speed above approximately 25 mph Canada 40 km h can be maintained e Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the acce
63. hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Driving systems Displays in the speedometer dial 60 Ge Bea L oo 2042 160 N 1 40 7 dor Ss eo 120 ie N 200 12208 440 240 Iso 260 EANA P54 70 2196 26 A of l A DISTRO IC E 300 150 OFT When Distronic system is activated one or two segments around the speed stored in memory light up in the speedometer dial Instrument cluster display Technical Car care data Practical hints 276 ee R 100 m m 160 N Vi 40 L o SS eo 120 x1 N 200 6 oy ay 20 140 201 240 l260 l RA P54 70 2195 26 DISTROH IC mph A o If a vehicle is detected ahead those segments in the speedometer dial light up that indicate the speed range from the speed of the vehicle in front up to the Distronic stored speed When the vehicle in front can no longer be detected only the segments around the stored speed light up The vehicle is accelerated to the stored speed Brake assist system BAS Warning BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or
64. in the child restraint Seats 67 Instruments Operation Driving lasttument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Seats Operation Driving Removal and installation of front seat head restraints ie Caution P54 25 2462 26 Do not remove head restraints except when mounting seat covers Whenever restraints have been removed be sure to reinstall them before driving Instrument cluster display 68 Practical hints Note Tilt the backrest rearward for easier removal and installation of the head restraints To remove Press switch 1 upwards and hold until the head restraint is fully extended Pull head restraint out To install Press switch 1 upwards and hold for about 5 seconds Press the head restraint down until it engages Adjust head restraint to the desired position Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraint to support the back of the head approximately at ear level Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Lumbar support optional Multicontour backrest optional standard on model S 600 91 25 0335 26 P91 25 2105 26 The thumbwheels are located on the sides of the front Front seats seats and rear seats The switch clusters are located on the side and near the
65. in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle Turn the switch in direction equipment may cause serious personal injury 1 to switch on 2 to switch off Easy entry exit feature 63 imes Operation Driving Lins Ione Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Seats Driving Instrument Operation Front seat adjustment Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat back reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat back and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted cluster display 64 Practical hints Car care When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle The power seats can also be operated with the driver s or front passenger door open Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an un
66. is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message EMERGENCY CALL CONNECTING CALL appears in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID EMERGENCY CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display The Response Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the accident provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle Tele Aid 219 Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Operation i l cluster display data Driving Instruments and controls Tele Aid Operation Instrument Driving The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services and cellular air time the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the response center Note
67. is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical when in use especially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully inserted in the jack tube Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Vehicle jack 347 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation s cluster display Driving Practical hints Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Tires Wheels Wheels Replace rims or tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for Summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase Tire Replacement Front and rear tires should be replaced in sets Rims and tires must be of the correct size and type For dimensions see Technical Data We recommend that you break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speed cluster display Practical hints 348 Car care It is imperative that the wheel m
68. its ability to dissipate heat when tested under overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory excessive loading either separately or in test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the combination can cause excessive heat build up material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and possible tire failure and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Consumer information 409 nani Operation Driving nis ORELIer Practical hints Car care eruet and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving ee Practical hints Car care Mshana cluster display data 410 Index Alarm Syste oee a a 60 l Anticorrosion antifreeze 255 344 402 406 Antilock brake system ABS eseeseeseessssssessesseessessessese 278 A Malfunction indicator lamp cccccesceseeseeeeees 306 Anitithelt alarm syste Mannen aerate 60 ABS Antilock brake system sssssssssssrssssssrsssssrssrnsssns 278 AGUA DANS aa E a E 252 Malfunction indicator lamp ss sssssssssssssssssssssrsssssns 306 Armrest rear Seah aiai ONT 201 Active body control ABC ssssssssssssssssssssssssssrssssssss
69. messages will now be displayed for approximately 5 seconds each Pressing the button in the instrument cluster displays the next malfunction and warning message immediately The message memory will be cleared when the electronic key is turned in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 Should any subsequent faults occur they will be displayed in the message memory Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Important Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and displayed to a low level of detail The malfunction and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages See page 309 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 137 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints Car care and controls LY 2 cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 138 Individual settings 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings 2 SETTINGS the requested menu can be called up in this options menu INST CLUSTER se
70. mph 80 km h e Drive to the nearest repair facility to have the flat tire repaired or replaced as appropriate e Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted For additional information refer to page 398 Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12 000 miles 20 000 km may cause wheel rim failure leading to an accident and possible injuries The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel The spare wheel should only be used temporarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quickly as possible Changing wheels Move vehicle to a level area which is a safe distance from the roadway Warning ee 1 Set parking brake and turn on hazard warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either side of the eater vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack 2 Move selector lever to position P and turn off only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change engine Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area 3 Prevent vehicle from rolling away by blocking under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking wheels with wheel chocks not supplied with brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with vehicle or sizable
71. multifunction display see page 328 If the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED is ignored for an extended of time approx 15 minutes the engine could stop by itself during a vehicle stop e g traffic light The vehicle can then no longer be centrally locked or the engine restarted You must first find the card Start the engine again See page 230 Do not forget the engine can be started by anyone with a KEYLESS GO card that is left inside the vehicle Leaving the chip card behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message CHIP CARD STILL IN VEHICLE appears in the multifunction display see page 328 Opening the driver s door with the engine shut off and no electronic key in the starter switch the message CHIP CARD DO NOT FORGET appears as a reminder see page 328 Important In the case of a malfunction in the KEYLESS GO system we recommend that you carry the electronic key plus mechanical key with you and keep them in a safe place so that they are always handy Never leave the electronic key in the vehicle Notes The KEYLESS GO function also permits closing of windows and sliding pop up roof convenience feature see page 44 With the KEYLESS GO card in close proximity approx 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle aiming a jet of water at a door handle e g when washing the vehicle or cleaning snow from a door could lock or unlock the vehicle inadvertently To prevent a possible inadv
72. not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight Use only a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a diffused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently Rinse with clear water and thoroughly wipe dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Due to the width of the vehicle prior to running the Ornamental moldings vehicle through an automatic car wash fold back the outside mirrors to prevent them from getting damaged POTEET C ea Nine ANG ea ens plated parts use a chrome cleaner In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt ible i i as soon as possible Headlamps taillamps turn signal lenses When washing the underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water Note To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use Vehicles with KEYLESS CO only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the lenses l Do not attempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water anda KEYLESS GO card is in close proximity approx 3 ft es approx 1m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Cleaning and care of the vehicle 385 Lines Eoin Operation Driving USTED
73. oF aan OF P83 40 2119 21 In the automatic mode the automatic climate control cools or heats the interior depending on the direction and strength of the sunlight outside temperature selected interior temperature and the actual interior temperature of the vehicle With the automatic climate control switched off the air volume and distribution can still be set manually There are three basic settings for the automatic mode e Automatic air volume control e Automatic air outlet control left and right e Automatic air outlet control center see page 167 We recommend these settings to be used all year round Automatic climate control Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display Air volume and distribution are controlled automatically We recommend to set the temperature switches on the left and right to 72 F 22 C Please make changes from this setting to suit your personal requirements Automatic airflow regulation Press the A on the air volume switch The display shows AUTO Automatic air distribution Press on both AA knobs until they click in The Em Pag and RA symbols will no longer be visible The economy mode and air recirculation functions will be switched off The automatic blower will be activated at the same time Technical Car care data Instruments Instrument Operation Driving i Practical hints Car care and controls cl
74. of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Each seat belt should never be used for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects Belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also use a lap According to accident statistics children are safer shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be when properly restrained in the rear seating positioned as low as possible on the hips to positions than in the front seating positions avoid any possible pressure on the abdomen Infants and small children must ride in the back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or e Never place your feet on the instrument panel child restraint system which is properly secured or on the seat Always keep both feet on the with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance floor in front of the seat with the c
75. operating the system Technical data Car care Instruments Operation Driving lastrument and controls cluster display Driving systems Note For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Practical hints Car care 262 Warning Only use Distronic if the traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Use of Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire adhesion can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Distronic does not recognize accordingly and will not react to stationary objects It is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set distance
76. our engines Therefore use only engine oils recommended by Mercedes Benz Information on recommended brands is available in the Factory Approved Service Product pamphlet or at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Please follow Service Booklet recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so could result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty i Practical hints cluster display Technical Car care data Air conditioner refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil is used in the air conditioner system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely hard operating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency The brake fluid must therefore be replaced every two years preferably in the spring It is recommended to use only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional in
77. page 236 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display TELEPHONE FUNCTION FUNCT I OH Yee MOT AVA ILAELE P54 30 2436 21 Line 2 Line 1 FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE C Category see page 309 The display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone 329 Practical hints Car care Instruments Operation and controls P Malfunction and warning messages WASHER FLUID Driving WASHER FLUID CHECK Line 1 WASHER FLUID C Category see page 309 LEVEL Line 2 CHECK LEVEL Instrument cluster display P54 30 2181 21 330 Practical hints Car care When this message appears while the engine is running the level of the reservoir has dropped to approximately of the total volume The reservoir should be refilled with the prescribed mixture of MB Windshield washer concentrate and water or the concentrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperature at the next opportunity The reservoir for the windshield and headlamp washer systems is located in the engine compartment See windshield and headlamp washer system on page 345 for instructions on topping up the washer fluid AIRMATIC 2 The ABC is defective Stop the vehicle Press upper half of ABC switch see p
78. page 81 for infant and child seat restraint Fuel reserve warning 90 40 1 Fuel reserve indicator When the warning lamp 1 comes on after starting the engine or if it comes on while driving it indicates that the fuel level is down to the reserve quantity of approximately 2 9 gal 11 liters See page 296 for notes on refueling the vehicle Malfunction and indicator lamps 305 Instrument Instruments and controls Practical hints Car care Technical Drivi D cluster display data Operation Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Malfunction and indicator lamps ABS malfunction indicator lamp The ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on with the Kc electronic key in starter switch position 2 and should go out with the engine running When the ABS malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster remains illuminated while the engine is running it indicates that the ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off In this case the brake system functions in the usual manner but without antilock assistance A malfunctioning ABS control unit can possibly affect the operation of other systems e g Parktronic Navigation Automatic transmission Be guided accordingly with respect to the use of those systems and have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible 306 Practical hints
79. procedure The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing the upper or lower half of the switch Briefly press upper or lower half of the switch again to raise or lower the rear window sunshade completely P68 50 0253 26 When leaving the vehicle always remove the The switch is located on the dashboard above the center electronic key from starter switch and lock your display vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause or 2 serious personal injury Press the switch briefly 1 to raise 2 to lower Interior equipment 193 Lines e Operation Driving retiene Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Interior equipment Rear door window sunshade optional i To raise sunshade Pull up on tab 1 and engage in holder 2 To lower sunshade Disengage tab 1 and guide retraction Sun visors Swing sun visors 2 down to protect against sun glare If sunlight enters through a side window disengage sun visor 1 from the inner mounting and pivot to the side and slide to the desired position Vanity mirrors 1 Illuminated vanity mirror Front seats With the visor engaged in its inner mounting 2 the lamp 4 can be switched on by opening the cover 3
80. read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own Safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix o
81. separately it will remain locked see page 51 Vehicles with optional remote trunk lid opening closing system see page 56 The switch operated opening closing procedure can be immediately halted by pressing button on the electronic key 36 KEYLESS GO Important For the KEYLESS GO system to function properly the operator should observe the following e The driver should carry the KEYLESS GO card with him her e To avoid radio transmission interference never store the KEYLESS GO card together with other electronic items e g cellular telephones other KEYLESS GO cards or metallic objects e g coins metal foil e To lock or unlock the vehicle the card must be recognized by the system as being located outside the vehicle The card must be in close proximity toa door or the trunk lid approx 3 ft 1 m To activate the start stop button function the KEYLESS GO card must be recognized by the system as being located inside the vehicle e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is positioned farther away from the vehicle e g inside clothing or a briefcase and can no longer be recognized by the system the vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is removed from the vehicle while the engine is running or by placing the card in front of the center armrest see page 198 the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED will appear repeatedly for approx 2 seconds in the
82. should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed If the engine does not brake the vehicle sufficiently while driving on a downgrade the speed you set on the cruise control may be exceeded In this case the automatic transmission shifts down max to 3rd gear to maintain the set cruise control speed by using the engine s braking power As soon as the grade eases the automatic transmission shifts up again dependent on the selector lever position Nevertheless in some cases you may have to step on the brake pedal to slow down In this case the cruise control is switched off Use the lever to resume the previously set speed The CRUISE CONTROL message is displayed on the multifunction display when any attempt is made to store speeds below 19 mph 30 km h or when an attempt is made to recall a speed when no speed has been stored the cruise control remains switched off See malfunction and warning messages on page 325 if the cruise control has a malfunction Distronic DTR optional When activated the Distronic system increases driving convenience for example over long distances as it automatically maintains a speed set by the driver by actively regulating the throttle setting It also maintains within certain limitations a preset distance to a vehicle ahead With Distronic switched off the multifunction display continues
83. system The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the mechanical key If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened see page 376 Car care nS eis Operation Driving Lins SUC Sen Practical hints and controls cluster display Central locking system 46 Doors P80 30 2154 26 1 Opening pull handle 4 Individual door from inside 2 Unlocking driver s door Push lock button down to lock 5 Front door from inside 3 Locking driver s door Pull handle to unlock Important When you lock the driver s door with the mechanical The mechanical key does not operate the central locking key the door lock button should move down DE a a Each individual door must be locked with the respective door lock button the driver s door can only be locked when it is closed If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside opening a door from the inside will trigger the alarm When opening a front door while the central locking system is in the e selective unlocking mode only that individual door is unlocked The remaining doors the trunk and fuel filler flap remain locked e global unlocking mode all doors the trunk and fuel filler flap are unlocked Notes In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the doors can be locked and unlocked individually To lock push down lock buttons or turn mechanical key in driver s door lock to position 3 In addition lock the trunk To unloc
84. the low beam headlamps cannot be switched off manually See page 160 for notes on the daytime running lamp mode Warning The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver Switch on the vehicle lights by hand when driving or traffic conditions require you to do so Exterior lamp switch Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 159 j Practical hints cluster display Automatic headlamp mode Turn exterior lamp switch to position A3 e Electronic key in starter switch position 1 The parking lamps switch on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e Electronic key in starter switch position 2 and the engine running The low beam headlamps and parking lamps are switched on and off automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can still be switched on and off manually using the exterior lamp switch Note With the daytime running lamp mode activated the low beam headlamps cannot be switched off automatically The headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions Front fog lamps and rear fog lamp cannot be switched on manually with exterior lamp switch in position Big To activate the fog lamps turn exterior lamp switch to position By Car care Instruments and controls Driv
85. the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Car care Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Cleaning and care of the vehicle Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up normally in 3 to 5 months depending on climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if paint surface shows signs of dirt embedding i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Practical hints cluster display Car care Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from the intrusion of water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorrosion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing Do
86. the window is blocked during the last few inches before closure it will stop but not open slightly Note The power windows can also be opened and closed using the summer opening convenience feature see page 43 or pressing button or EEJ in the control panel of the automatic climate control see page 174 and 175 Interior equipment 185 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display Practical hints Car care Warning When closing the windows be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure In case of obstruction the automatic reversal will not operate if a door window is being closed by pressing the switch to its resistance point and holding it there or when using the electronic key The closing procedure of door windows can be immediately reversed by either pressing the switch or pressing button on the electronic key and holding it or vehicle with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card pull and hold a door handle When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause serious personal injury Technical data Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation Interior equipment Blocki
87. to maximum that the temperatures on the left and right set to cooling output when necessary to achieve the set 72 F 22 C Please make changes from this setting to temperature quickly see page 171 The display shows suit your personal requirements AUTO MAXCOOL Press A on the air volume switch The display shows The temperature setting cannot be changed during AUTO Air volume is set automatically maximum cooling operation Note Air volume manual Press the air volume switch up or down Seven blower B ing th button the syst y pressing the temperature control button the system speeds can be selected will display briefly approx 5 seconds the set temperature in the display Automatic climate control 181 Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Operation Drivin gt 2 cluster display data Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Automatic climate control Controlling the rear air conditioner from the front automatic climate control panel 72 OCB 72 F Gpauro oF The rear air conditioner can be switched off and the blower and temperature settings can be changed from the automatic climate control panel in the center console Press A on the air volume switch and hold until the display illustrated above is shown Practical hints Car care 182 The rear automatic climate control can be switched on and off by pressing th
88. trunk lid is left open open lid by hand see page 51 To close lower trunk lid with hands placed flat on trunk lid Please remember to keep your fingers out of the space between the lid and the vehicle Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of the rear shelf or inside the trunk Trunk lid release switch The trunk lid will swing open automatically You should Vehicles without trunk lid opening closing system always make sure there is sufficient clearance A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is required to open the trunk lid To open the trunk the vehicle must be at standstill Pull up on switch until trunk lid is open The indicator lamp in the switch remains on with trunk lid open Notes The trunk can also be opened by using the remote control Press button The trunk lid cannot be opened by the switch or the remote control when previously locked separately with the mechanical key To open see page 51 P54 25 2170 26 The switch is located on the driver s door The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch when the vehicle was previously locked with the remote control To unlock vehicle with the remote control see page 33 Central locking system 55 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Lins
89. vehicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised children in a child restraint system may use vehicle equipment and may cause serious personal injury Installation of infant and child restraint systems t P91 40 2206 26 P91 40 2202 26 This vehicle is provided with tether anchorages for a top To secure a tether strap to the anchorage securely tether strap at each of the rear seating positions fasten the hook 3 which is part of the tether strap to the anchorage ring 2 For safety please make sure that the hook has attached to the ring beyond the safety catch as illustrated Prior to installing a tether strap remove cover 1 from anchorage ring 2 and store in a convenient place e g glove box After removing the tether strap reinstall the cover 1 Restraint systems 101 Instruments and controls Instrument Practical hints cluster display Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Steering wheel adjustment Steering wheel adjustment Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving Adjusting the steering wheel while driving could cause the driver to lose the control of the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you The steering wheel adjustment feature can also be operated with the
90. ventilation 178 Rear passenger compartment Climate Control ou eeeeeeeeees 180 27 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Automatic maximum COONS eraa r 181 Power windows escceeseeesreeeseees 184 Sliding pop up roof ou eee eeeeeees 187 Interior lighting oceans 190 Rear window sunshade 193 Rear door window sunshade 194 DUD VISONS sciences aA 194 Vanity MULTOLS ce ce cceeceseeeseeesees 195 HEO enaena anA 196 Storage compartments and armrests sietat resies 196 GIOVE DOR ardesia 197 CUP Polder eninin 202 ASDA unean otto 204 DSTO NMC T ena tetatiacecchdecdeseresceconcess 206 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 00 208 Parcel net in trunk ee 208 Telephone general cceee 209 Garage door opener eeeeeeeees 210 Infrared reflecting windshield oe eeeeeeseeeeeeeees 214 Car care Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation Central locking system Vehicle keys and KEYLESS GO cards optional Included with your vehicle are e 2 electronic keys with integrated radio frequency and infrared remote controls plus removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two electronic keys are a different color to help distinguish each individual key e Vehicles with KEYLESS GO 2 KEYLESS GO cards without removable mechanical key cluster display 28 Practical h
91. when next to a side airbag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side airbag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side airbag be activated 2 always sit upright properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized infant or child restraint system for all children 12 years old or under and 3 always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have both rear door mounted side airbags deactivated then deactivation can be accomplished upon your written election to do so at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning retractor and airbag Warning e Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Airbags and ETR s are designed to function on a one time only basis An airbag or emergency t
92. windshield could fog up To switch on e press button WJ or KAJ e press one of the RA buttons so that it pops out and then click it back in e press one of the temperature selector buttons or the air volume switch Automatic climate control 177 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving nerne s Operation Driving JIS u Practical hints and controls cluster display Automatic climate control 178 Front center console storage compartment Note youuauon The compartment can get very warm due to its confined The front center console compartment has its own air space When storing heat sensitive objects in the outlet compartment close the air outlet while heating the To open Slide the lever up passenger compartment Do not allow articles to obstruct the air outlet in the To close Slide the lever down storage compartment The air volume is dependent on the setting of e air distribution control e air volume control e air outlets in the dashboard The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air outlets It cannot be regulated separately Rear passenger compartment adjustable air outlets CCCII 1 Center air outlet left 4 Rear side air outlet right and left 2 Center air outlet right 5 Air volume control for rear side air outlet 3 Air volume control for center air outlets To open Turn thumbwheel towards the window vehic
93. with safety fuses With the exception of the brake lights all individual lighting system components are electronically fused Before replacing a blown safety fuse determine the cause of the short circuit Always observe amperage and color of fuse The circuit for components is protected by a cycled circuit breaker interrupted if too much current is being drawn The circuit closes automatically after a short time the circuit is broken again if the malfunction reoccurs Always use a new fuse for replacement Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse P54 15 2007426 A fuse chart spare fuses and a fuse extractor are located 1 Fuse box in engine compartment left hand side in the vehicle tool kit in the luggage bowl under the trunk floor See page 346 for notes on the vehicle tool 3 Tabs kit Fuses 337 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments Operation Driving lastrument and controls cluster display Fuses 338 P54 18046626 2 Fuse box in engine compartment right hand side 3 Tabs To gain access to fuse box Slide both tabs 3 on fuse box forward to the symbol and remove the cover Practical hints Car care To close the fuse box Ensure that the sealing rubber is properly positioned when you replace the cover Press the cover down by hand Slide both tabs 3 back to the symbol on the fuse box Note The fuse box cover must be p
94. with wiper arms folded forward P82 30 2069 26 Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the windshield To prevent damage to the hood or the wipers the wiper glass without a wiper blade inserted The glass may be arms should only be folded forward while in the position scratched or broken shown above Make certain that the wiper blades are properly installed An improperly installed wiper blade may cause windshield damage Installation Install wiper blade onto the wiper arm by inserting pin 4 into take up 3 Rotate wiper blade into position parallel to wiper arm P82 30 2089 26 Removal Fold the wiper arm 1 forward and turn the wiper blade 2 at a right angle to wiper arm Remove wiper blade from wiper arm Replacing wiper blades 379 Instruments Operation Driving mstrument Beaches and controls display CS EATON Operation Driving Inns EERIE Practical hints and controls cluster display Replacing wiper blades 380 Roof rack Use only those roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow manufacturer s installation instructions Note Please observe that roof rack does not interfere with the operation of the sliding pop up roof and that there is sufficient clearance between the roof rack and the trunk lid in the full open position Only mount roof racks to the fastening bolts See arrows located under the door weatherstrips Contents Instruments
95. 0 in 100 cm closer to the obstacle Corner approx 24 in 60 cm Minimum distance between vehicle and obstacle at which the system stops indicating Pee pUMDEN Front corners approx 6in 15 cm Center approx 48in 120 cm Front center and rear approx 8in 20 cm Corner approx 32 in 80 cm The obstacle may not be recognized if outside the Parktronic switch shaded sensor field and no longer be indicated when approaching it any closer warning indicators go out Parktronic malfunction All red segments of the warning indicators light up and a warning sounds for 3 seconds if Parktronic does not function properly A dirty sensor or other ultrasonic signals could be the reason See page 386 for instructions on cleaning the sensors in the bumpers After cleaning the sensors turn electronic key in starter switch to position 2 If the defect continues to be P54 65 0317 26 displayed have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center The switch is located on the center console 1 Parktronic switched off 2 Parktronic switched on 3 Indicator lamp comes on when Parktronic is switched off The parktronic system is switched on again when turning the electronic key in starter switch position 2 Parking system 295 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Wh
96. 1 1 7 US qt 1 6 1 approx 5 3 US qt 5 0 1 approx 1 1 US qt 1 0 1 approx 2 1 oz 60 g each 0 7 US qt 0 7 1 approx 12 1 US qt 11 5 1 approx 12 1 US qt 11 5 1 approx 12 7 US qt 12 0 1 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Recommended engine oils Automatic transmission fluid Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 MB Hydraulic fluid MB Power steering fluid High temperature roller bearing grease MB Brake fluid DOT 4 MB Anticorrosion antifreeze Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuel tank 23 2 US gal 88 0 1 Premium unleaded gasoline Posted including a reserve of 2 9 US gal 11 0 1 Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON Air conditioner system R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant Windshield washer 7 1 US qt 6 7 1 MB Windshield washer concentrate and headlamp cleaning system 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing Follow suggested mixing ratios see page 345 Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 403 ssc Operation Driving USTED Practical hints Car care Joe iie and controls cluster display data Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in
97. 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning 2 A malfunction has been detected in the system Only partial engine output will be available 3 The enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP and the torque E reduction feature are unavailable 4 This message may be displayed if the power supply was l interrupted battery disconnected or empty Synchronize ESP See UISIT WORKSHOP oT P54 30 4437 21 Line 1 Line 2 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP ESP VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 Malfunction and warning messages 315 Instrument Instruments Operation Driving Practical hints and controls cluster display 316 Instruments bats Instrument Operation Drivin and controls s 2 cluster display Malfunction and warning messages COOLANT coolant level COOLANT CHECK LEWEL P54 30 2137 21 Line 2 Line 1 COOLANT CHECK LEVEL C Category see page 309 When this message appears while driving the coolant level has dropped below the required level If no leaks are noticeable and the engine temperature does not increase continue to drive to the nearest service station and have coolant added to the coolant system Practical hints Car care The low engine coolant level warning should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed may Cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty In cases of major or frequent minor coolant
98. 1 ft lb 4100 rpm 530 Nm 4100 rpm 6000 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 11 4 9 2335 mm 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Technical data Instruments Operation and controls P Driving 397 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Technical Car care data ES ETON Operation Driving Liss Inna Practical hints Car care Jec nniea and controls cluster display data Technical data 398 Rims Tires Model S 430 S 500 S 600 except Sport Package except Sport Package Rims light alloy 7 Jx 16 H2 7 4 1x 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 81 in 46 mm 1 81 in 46 mm All season tires Radial ply tires 225 60 R16 98H 225 55 R 17 97H Winter tires Radial ply tires 225 60 R16 98H M S 225 55 R17 97H M S Spare wheel Rim light alloy 7 x 16H2 7 Jx17H2 Wheel offset 2 0 in 51 mm 2 0 in 51 mm All season tires Radial ply tires 225 60 R16 98H 225 55 R17 97H Model Rims front axle AMG light alloy Wheel offset Rims rear axle AMG light alloy Wheel offset Radial ply tires Summer tires front axle Summer tires rear axle Spare wheel Rim light alloy Wheel offset All season tires Radial ply tires S 430 S 500 Sport Package 8 J x 18H 2 1 73 in 44 mm 91 Jx 18 H2 1 81 in 46 mm 245 45 R 18 275 40 R 18 7 Jx16H2 2 0 in 51 mm 225 60 R16
99. 22 if the engine is operated within the red marking Press button on the instrument cluster until the trip odometer is reset Instrument cluster 117 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Index cluster display data Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 118 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display AFTER START 00135 MI 1 30H 117 MFH 10 1 MPG P54 30 4479 29 Depending on your vehicle s equipment you may use 4 Navigation system see page 132 the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to call up control and set the following systems in the 9 Distronic DTR see page 133 multifunction display 6 Trip computer see page 134 After start 1 Trip and main odometer see page 122 APTE Flexible service system FSS see page 149 Range Tire inflation pressure monitor see page 152 Engine oil level indicator see page 156 7 Malfunction message memory see page 136 2 Audio systems see page 124 8 Individual settings see page 138 9 Malfunction messages are stored in memory 7 see Radio see page 124 page 136 CD player see page 125 Gasselte player pee page 120 Press the or button repeatedly until the 3 Telephone see page 127 required system is displayed The display advances by one system each time the button is pressed
100. 4 Keys changing battery Baker itis hoe ee et gate 371 AET secret Bataan es De Re eae 28 Indicator LAID S e cxsnerasncteawoseanerons 112 302 Index Instruments and controls L LAMP SENSOR malfunction and warning messages sc eeeeeeee 320 Lamps exterior FOS GMS ccs acer eeminrcen testis 158 367 368 Headlamps eesessessesssesssesseseesseessesees 158 318 365 385 License plate lamps ssessssessessessesessoesessesseseessesesseeses 369 P tkis lamps scsdesena es teeei thes tecenscaiess 158 367 368 REP ACIS Dul Dnne a ue teadceusedbuneadedten s 364 Standing Tamps sosina 158 367 368 SOPLA oeh E 369 TAI WAIAYS sana 158 318 368 385 Turn signal lamps 00 ceeeeeseesecereeees 366 368 369 Level control system Vehicles with Active Body Control ABC 286 Vehicles with Airmatic system eeeeeseeeeeeeee 285 VO DE E E E EEEE AN A TETA 206 LIGHTING SYSTEM malfunction and warning messages ceeees 318 Limp home mode Automatic transmission 245 Locking and unlocking ou eee eeccessseeceestreeeeeees 35 38 Low beams See Exterior lamps eesssessesssessersesseessessesseeseessesseessese 364 LUM Dal SUP POM dacara A 69 Instrument Operation Driving M IMAnMCM ANCES cicirdicmaieeraeaa O eae 217 Malfunction and indicator lamps Inthe Cemer Console aae n EAAS 308 In the instrument CIUSLET sicecciieccsscessdesessssvsssaseonsesee 302 Malfunction and warning message m
101. 98 3 in 5038 mm 203 1 in 5158 mm 203 1 in 5158 mm 203 1 in 5158 mm Overall vehicle width 73 0 in 1855 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm 73 0 in 1855 mm Overall vehicle height 57 2 in 1454 mm 57 2 in 1454 mm 57 5 in 1460 mm 57 4 in 1457 mm Wheel base 116 7 in 2965 mm 121 5 in 3085 mm 121 5 in 3085 mm 121 5 in 3085 mm Track front 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 1 in 1578 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm Track rear 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm 62 0 in 1574 mm Technical data 401 L GES Operation Driving momument Practical hints Car care SU TEE and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Operation Driving Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Instrument cluster display 402 Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Practical hints Technical Car care data Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore use only brands tested and recommended by us Please refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet or inquire at your Mercedes Benz Center Model Engine with oil filter S 430 S 500 S 55 AMG S 600 Automatic transmission Rear axle Hydraulic system for adaptive damping system ADS or active body control ABC Power steering Front wheel hubs Brake system Cooling system S 430 S 500 S 55 AMG S 600 Capacity 8 5 US at 8 0 1 8 0 US qt 7 5 1 10 0 US qt 9 5 1 9 6 US qt 9 1
102. AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and i Practical hints cluster display Technical Car care data may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature Warning The temperature grades are A the highest B and C The temperature grade for this tire is established representing the tire s resistance to the generation of for a tire that is properly inflated and not heat and
103. Audio SYSTEMS ceccccssecceeserees 124 RACIO spittin maecteide tee een teens 124 CD DIA CL area aN 125 Cassette player ccscesecenees 126 Tele phone prie rN 127 Telephone booK ou eeeeeeees 127 Rediahne aici Rec 129 Incoming Call wee eeeeeeeees 131 Navigation system ceeeeseeeee 132 Distronic DTR sseesssssessossesseseesess 133 TAP COMPUT nnna 134 Malfunction warning message MEMOTY seeseesssssessses0 136 Individual settings eee 138 Setting the audio volume 148 Flexible service system ToS ee aa 149 Tire inflation pressure MONO ene 152 Engine oil level indicator 156 Engine oil consumption 157 Operation Operation Driving Exterior lamp switch 6 158 Night security illumination 160 Headlamp cleaning system 161 Combination switch cee 162 Hazard warning flasher SWITCH renar aaa aE 165 Automatic climate control 166 Display and controls 168 Automatic maximum COONS aeaea 170 BASIC SttiNg scera 171 Special Settings oe eeeeees 172 Activated charcoal filter 175 ECONOMY MOE ceseeeeeseeeeees 176 Residual engine heat utilization eee 176 Switching the automatic climate control on and Off 177 Front center console storage compartment ventilation 178 Front center console storage compartment
104. CARD CHECK BATTERY 2 CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED 1 CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED 2 CHIP CARD STILL IN VEHICLE 1 CHIP CARD DO NOT FORGET 1 C Category see page 309 328 Practical hints Car care Check battery of KEYLESS GO card see page 374 The KEYLESS GO card cannot be recognized by the running engine e g strong radio frequency interference or the card is not in the vehicle Stop immediately and search for the KEYLESS GO card or continue to operate the vehicle with the electronic key otherwise the vehicle cannot be centrally locked or the engine started again after the engine stops automatically See page 36 The KEYLESS GO card was momentarily not recognized If message repeats place card in a different position or continue to operate the vehicle with the electronic key see page 36 A KEYLESS GO card left inside the vehicle has been recognized while locking the vehicle from the outside see page 36 The message appears for maximum of 60 seconds each time the driver s door is opened as long as no electronic key is in the starter switch The message appears regardless of the past operation method electronic key or KEYLESS GO card see page 36 SELECTOR LEVER Vehicles with KEYLESS GO only SELECTOR LENER TO P P54 30 4443 21 Place selector lever in position P The message appears when attempting to turn off the engine while the selector lever is in any other position than P see
105. Car care With the ABS malfunctioning the BAS and ESP are also switched off The malfunction indicator lamp and malfunction messages in the multifunction display come on with the engine running If the charging voltage falls below 10 volts the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the ABS is switched off When the voltage is above this value again the malfunction indicator lamp should go out and the ABS is operational Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible See page 278 for notes on antilock brake system ABS Electronic stability program ESP warning lamp The yellow ESP warning lamp in the FN speedometer dial comes on with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 It should go out with engine running If the ESP malfunction indicator lamp remains illuminated with the engine running a malfunction has been detected in the system Pressing the accelerator pedal will require greater effort Only partial engine output will be available See electronic stability program ESP on page 280 if the warning lamp lights up or flashes when the vehicle is moving Malfunction and indicator lamps Instruments Instrument Operation and controls p Driving Practical hints cluster display Distronic DTR warning lamp With the electronic key in starter switch A position 2 the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on and goes out with the eng
106. Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult your authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA In Canada Mercedes Benz USA LLC Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive 849 Eglinton Avenue East Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 Introduction 11 Introduction 12 We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that ar
107. EYLESS GO card see page 374 The trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is detected in the trunk see page 36 Central locking system Radio frequency and infrared remote control The electronic key has an integrated radio frequency and infrared remote control Due to the extended operational range of the remote control it could be possible to unintentionally lock or unlock the vehicle by pressing the transmit button If one of the transmit buttons is pressed the battery check lamp lights up briefly indicating that the batteries are in order See page 371 for checking batteries P80 35 2032 26 The vehicle doors trunk and fuel filler flap can be centrally locked and unlocked via remote control 1 Transmit button Opening and closing the windows and sliding pop up Locking roof and switching on the driver s seat ventilation can Unlockin only be done with the infrared portion of the remote Ms 8 control Aim transmitter eye at a receiver 6 or 7 press Opening trunk if not separately locked 1 AN N O AS o or BEM see page 43 2 Lamp for battery check see page 371 for changing With vehicle centrally locked the trunk can also be batteries if it does not light up briefly opened by using the remote control 3 PANIC button If the electronic key is inserted in starter switch the 4 Transmitter eye vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked and the trunk lid cannot be opened with the remote control 5 Locking tab f
108. Engine malfunction indicator lamp If the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running it indicates a malfunction of the fuel management system emission control system systems which impact emissions or the fuel cap is not closed tight check the fuel cap If the CHECK ENGINE lamp is illuminated continuously and the vehicle is driving normally you may still drive the vehicle however in all cases we recommend that you have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If the CHECK ENGINE lamp comes on continuously and or the vehicle is not driving normally e g malfunction of the fuel management system or running out of fuel serious damage can occur to the emission system Please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately The Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection SFI control module monitors emission control components that either provide input signals to or receive output signals from the control module Malfunctions resulting from interruptions or failure of any of these components are indicated by the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp in the instrument cluster and are simultaneously stored in the SFI control module If the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp comes on have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible With some exceptions the control module
109. GHT SENSOR cccneweieaies 320 ACTIVE BODY CONTROL G00 1 Gs eer nyt een ree eee reer te err 320 TIRE PRESSURE serens 322 ENGINE OIL LEVEL 324 CRUISE CONTROL 325 KEY ponnera a AN 325 VOOR peels ese ie esha asso 326 HOOD sesine nen 326 TEEF AID asen tssctlee iis 327 CHIP CARD KEXLESS GOJ caheni 328 SELECTOR LEVER 329 TELEPHONE FUNCTION 329 WASHER FLUID 330 AIR SPRING AirMatic 331 DISTRONIC DTR 0 eee 332 AIRCLEANER senna ena 333 Practical hints Frostad Kil csdtccrsssonscscssarsttetssecteteaten 336 Stowing things in the vehicle 336 ISO e EE E EE ane 337 MOO 222 eosheeideste R 339 Checking engine oil level 342 Automatic transmission fluid level cccccesscccsssvesecreces 343 Active body control ABC d Tevel ansaa 343 Coolant level oo esses eseeeeeseeeeee Adding Coolant cceeseeeeeeeees Windshield and headlamp washer system cccecessseeeeeees Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio Spare wheel vehicle tools storage compartment s es WETICIC Jacker WINGCIS rena e ieee Tire Replacement ceeeee Rotating wheels eeeseeees Spare WHEEM ciscccconsstsenrsesastarcceneesens Changing wheels scceeeeees Tire inflation pressure 0 BIOTI aoras a J mp starine derni Towing the vehicle 00 0 eee Exterior lamps rannen Headlamp assembly
110. Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any question about carrying out some service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no PO0 00 2446 26 Press time 10 23 01 GSP SIP Printed in Germany Order No 6515 2138 13 Part No 220 584 97 83 USA Edition B 2002 Please observe the following BOOKSPINE for Operator s Manual 5 in 1 6 cm pw 3 5 8 9 cm Operator s Manual S Class Please ensure the correct position of model code and model name E
111. LO O anai A 71 Standby pulbpTunc U oM nenss naa 370 Setting passenger seat position from rear 80 AALOK OUT aa a E N tener ern rrenn in neon 31 VEN GAL OMSYSICIN stoi a taka lacie 74 Starte SWIC wich ete ee vO ae hati 230 232 SELECTOR LEVER Starting and turning off the engine eee 235 malfunction and warning messages cseeeeeeee 329 Starting the engine Service indicator PICCUONIC koy aroo a ait itatioudeis 235 See Flexible service system FSS ceeeeeeeseees 149 en aE dose C10 mercer cam nena wee Cre renrrte terror 236 Setting the audio volume cee ecessscesssseeeesseeeeseneees 148 Steering lock Side impact airbags oo eeesecessecsssccesecceseeeeseeesseeeeseeeeseees 93 Cee Stare SWitCh anann 230 232 SIMU TAN COUS a aA N 42 Steering wheel Simultaneous use of electronic key ADSense 102 and KEYLESS GO card sssssssssssrssrsssersersssssssrerressessessn 42 Easy entry exit feature essssseeesssssssseeeessesssessessessssss 63 PlIGIN 8 7 POPZUP LOOP siisuicscthssouicecitaimionvaa wien 187 Storage compartment in the rear passenger Emergency operation ee eeeeeeeeseeeereeeeeeeneeneenee 377 COMPpArtMENt cscs cdecetes lou date ea icetcis dons ade Ddcee esol 201 Express OPCS sier E 188 Storage compartments and armrests esesseseeeesse00 196 Opening and CLOSING ccrrsstastcsssrstesserrecurigneticneessteetaenes 43 Storing mirror POSITIONS ssssssssssssssrssssressssresssresssrees 104
112. Mercedes Benz S Class Operator s Manual S 430 S 300 S 55 AMG S 600 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name Further it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To ensure your pleasure of ownership and for your safety and that of your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of your time e Please read this manual carefully before putting it aside Then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please abide by the recommendations contained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please abide by the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving DaimlerChrysler AG Contents Introduction Product information ccc eee 7 Operator s Manual ee eeeeeeeeeeee 8 Where to find it 00 0eeeoeneeeeeseseseeeee 13 Reporting Safety Defects 15 Instruments and controls Instruments and controls 18 Door control panel eee 20 Overhead control pane
113. NIZED is ignored for an extended of time approx 15 minutes the engine could stop by itself during a vehicle stop e g traffic light The vehicle can then no longer be centrally locked or the engine restarted You must first find the card Start the engine again Car care Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Starter switch KEYLESS GO e Do not forget the engine can be started by anyone if a KEYLESS GO card is left inside the vehicle e To be able to operate the vehicle in the case of a malfunction in the KEYLESS GO system e g strong radio frequency disturbance we recommend that you carry the electronic key plus mechanical key with you and keep them in a Safe place so that they are always handy Never leave the electronic key in the vehicle e To avoid radio transmission interference never store the KEYLESS GO card together with other electronic items e g cellular telephones other KEYLESS GO cards or metallic objects e g coins metal foil Practical hints Car care 234 Notes With the engine at idle speed the charging rate of the alternator output is limited It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary electrical consumers while driving in stop and go traffic This precaution helps to avoid draining of the battery Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized by turning off the following power consumers
114. NO TURN SIGNAL RR CHECK LAMPS NO FRONT FOGLAMP R CHECK LAMPS NO TURN SIGNAL IN MIRROR L CHECK LAMPS NO REAR FOGLAMP CHECK LAMPS NO TURN SIGNAL IN MIRROR R CHECK LAMPS NO NO TURN SIGNAL LF CHECK LAMPS REVERSE LAMP L CHECK LAMPS NO NO Line 1 REVERSE LAMP R TAIL LAMP L TAIL LAMP R STANDING LAMP L STANDING LAMP R Line 2 CHECK LAMPS CHECK LAMPS SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON CHECK LAMPS SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON CHECK LAMPS SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON CHECK LAMPS SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON Malfunction and warning messages Instruments and controls Operation Driving NO C 2 2 1 2 2 3 4 319 Instrument cluster display Practical hints In the case of bulb failures in certain lamps other lamps will substitute See page 364 for instructions on 2 replacing bulbs C Category see page 309 LR left rear LF left front RR right rear RF right front The display or the system is malfunctioning The brake lamps are switching on after a delay or are permanently on visit workshop immediately The brake lamps comprise several light emitting diodes The warning message will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working Other bulbs will be brought into use as replacements when certain lamps blow Lis OSE Operation Driving Instrumeni Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Malfunction an
115. O pull and hold outside door handle Continue to press lock button on door handle after locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approx 1 second To interrupt closing procedure release lock button To reverse direction within 2 seconds after closing pull and hold door handle Opening of windows starts and continues for as long as the door handle is held but the door not opened Panic button P80 35 2035 26 To activate press and hold button 1 for at least one second An audible alarm and blinking exterior lamps will operate for approximately 2 minutes To deactivate press button 1 again or insert electronic key in starter switch Central locking system Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument j Practical hints cluster display Note For operation in the USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void to the user s authority to operate the equipment Mechanical keys The mechanical keys work only in driver s door trunk and storage compartment locks Notes The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm
116. OSIMO Ds hsesiacssheceseousiorrnnereannversnreres 240 See Replacing DUIDS ssssssssssesssesssseseessesssseeee 364 B C BabySmart airbag deactivation system uu 88 Capacities oa E EP E EE EE E A A A 88 Fuels coolants lubricants etc ssssssssereresserseeesere 402 BAS Brake assist System cecsccccsssssssscsssssssesessssseseeeee 277 Card KEYLESS GO E EPEn DEN PE EEI E T 28 IDANLOL tanie EN E E 357 Catalytic CONVETtEL sssssssssseseeesssensssssssssseeessesesssssesee 228 CONEY CONSOIC ren E easecenearin rie toe eens 24 Index 411 Lins n Operation Driving nsen Practical hints Car care Moeata and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Index 412 Technical Practical hints Car care data CHIP CARD KEYLESS GO malfunction and warning messages cceeeeee 328 Cleaning and care of the vehicle ccceeeeeeneeees 382 COMAND radio and telephone ceeeeesceeseeesseeees 216 GOMDINIATIONS WATCH 40534 seuiietcntoadatedduccnsnssch tesco rssteeestavesve 162 Consumer information eee eeeecesteeeseceeseeeeseeesseeeees 408 Control and operation of radio transmitters 216 COOLANT coolant level malfunction and warning messages 0 ceeeeee 316 COOLANT coolant temperature malfunction and warning messages ccceeeee 317 Coolant level AQUINO niinn coli lat ated a ielea uel odec eel tok 344 GCHCCKINO orara clei tis tects feel hei adic
117. Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Automatic transmission Program mode selector switch The transmission is provided with a selector switch 1 for Standard S and Winter Wet snow and ice W program modes The program mode currently selected is indicated in the gear range indicator display Practical hints cluster display 244 Standard mode Press switch on symbol S Use this mode for all regular driving The vehicle starts out in Ist gear Accelerator Operation Fast on depressing the accelerator pedal quickly not into kickdown position while driving continuously rather than depressing the accelerator pedal in the usual manner will cause the automatic transmission to shift down into a lower gear This gear shifting process is dependent on the current vehicle speed Fast off there will be no upshift when releasing the accelerator pedal quickly e g using the engine s braking power during performance driving Winter Wet snow and ice mode Press switch on symbol W The vehicle starts out in 2nd gear except with selector lever in 1st gear or with accelerator pedal in kick down position The W mode helps to improve traction and driving stability of the vehicle The gear shifting process occurs at lower vehicle and engine speeds than in the S program mode Caution
118. Practical hints Car care Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Incorrect mounting bolts or improperly tightened mounting bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct mounting bolts Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12 000 miles 20 000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an accident and possible injuries The spare wheel should only be used temporarily and replaced with a regular road wheel as quick as possible S 55 AMG and Sport Package The dimensions of the spare wheel are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Tires Wheels Tire inflation pressure A table see fuel filler flap lists the tire inflation pressures specified for Mercedes Benz recommended tires as well as for the varying operating conditions For notes on checking the tire pressure using the tire inflation pressure monitor see page 152 Important Tire pressure changes by approximately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire pressure inside a gar
119. Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Cleaning and care of the vehicle 386 Cleaning the Distronic system sensor Cleaning the parktronic system sensors P54 25 2003 26 Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water to clean approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water the sensor 1 When using a steam cleaner or power washer aim To prevent scratches never apply strong force and only nozzle only briefly from a minimum distance of 4 in use a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the sensors 10 cm at sensors 1 nee ale tO MDC CN Seto a Conor To prevent scratches never apply strong force and use pee only a soft non scratchy cloth when cleaning the Nate sensors Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Restart the engine after cleaning the sensor 1 Cleaning and care of the vehicle Instruments and controls Wiper blades Operation To prevent damage to the hood or the wipers the wiper arms should only be folded forward while in the position shown above e Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 e Turn combination switch to position I see page 163 e Once the wiper arms are in the position shown above turn electronic key in starter switch to pos
120. Sino ens Operation Driving insteg Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 56 Trunk lid opening closing system optional To open trunk lid Pull up on switch until trunk lid begins to open The switch can now be released the trunk lid opens automatically To interrupt the opening process either pull up on switch or push in trunk lid lock or press button on the remote control The indicator lamp in the switch remains on with trunk lid open To close trunk lid Press upper half of switch until trunk lid is closed and P54 25 2393 26 the indicator lamp in the switch goes out The switch is located on the driver s door Warning The trunk lid will open and close automatically You When closing the trunk lid be sure that there is no should always make sure that there is sufficient danger of anyone being harmed by the closing dearande procedure Be especially careful when small children are around Maintain sight of trunk area A minimum height clearance of 6 ft 1 85 m is while operating the door mounted switch A Open ea To interrupt the hydraulic power closing assist To open and close the trunk the vehicle must be at mechanism release trunk lid release close switch standstill and pull up to open Notes The automatic closing process is interrupted if the trunk lid is pushed against an object The trunk lid will reverse Slightly and stop In its final closing stage the hydrau
121. a engine oil level indicator ou eee eceeeeeeeeees 156 VA OUP GUICK resinae tants aAA 342 CHT CSU AI aahi A 81 88 99 101 Child seat See Infant and child restraint systems 99 D POOL GNIPy LAMPS aan E 192 Doors MASI bod daa tried ois desks A ale otal taiuetao eas 22 Power Closing ASSiSt u 48 Deep water Drinking and drivihE 4 nccrnsnwsieineueeAietedions 247 Drive TS UUC COINS nA 256 Drive sensibly Save FUEL o n 247 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE engine control unit Drivine instructions sereen aia 247 malfunction and warning Messages u s 310 PPT VAM Oh ele es aerate A EE N 249 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE several systems malfunction and warning messages eceees 310 Display MUA ON aero a A ausossdeoeahe 114 E Distronic DTR cccssssstcnessecenidsitacsavcesivacsidurieeiencin 133 261 Activation of Distronic sssssssseessesseressressresseesseee 264 Pasy entry exit feature sosianiorioniainare ioniga 63 Additional driving hints wc ecsssscesssseesees 269 PICCULOMICKCY anen ued eie Nbeat Ate eee 29 Cleaning Sensor 626 f2c s ote eecooe edt 386 Changing batteries ccazeacsserdisnseedteceteeswiestonmncnassccters 371 Deactivation of Distronic cceceesessesesseseseseeeeeee 266 Staring the C11 SIG asapguonniisusiasii en 235 Displays in the speedometer dial eeeeeeeee 276 TUPI OL theentine sisecsodeiradepedsvectevsstdnd tina iveuiees 235 Distance warning function Lo esesceeceeeeeeees 272 Electronic main ke
122. adlamp indicator see exterior lamp switch on page 158 and combination switch on page 162 Fasten seat belts see page 308 Reset button see page 114 and 117 Car care Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster Activating instrument cluster display The instrument cluster is activated by e Opening the door e Pressing button on the instrument cluster e Turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 e Switching on the exterior lamps 1 The instrument cluster is activated for approximately 30 seconds Instrument cluster illumination The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit daylight lighting conditions Practical hints Car care 114 Display illumination changing basic settings for driving at dusk or in darkness Press adjusting knob 1 the knob will pop out Rotate adjusting knob 1 clockwise instrument lamp intensity increases Rotate adjusting knob 1 counterclockwise instrument lamp intensity decreases Push knob back into panel Note It is not possible to select a basic brightness setting in daylight the intensity is adjusted automatically Coolant temperature gauge 5 During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to the red marking The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperatur
123. age especially in the winter Example If garage temperature approximately 68 F 20 C and ambient temperature approximately 32 F 0 C then the adjusted air pressure specified air pressure 3 psi 0 2 bar Practical hints 356 Car care Tire pressures listed for light loads are minimum values offering high driving comfort Increased inflation pressures for heavy loads produce favorable handling characteristics with lighter loads and are perfectly permissible The ride of the vehicle however will become somewhat harder Tire temperature and pressure increase with the vehicle speed Tire pressure should therefore only be checked and corrected on cold tires Correct tire pressure in warm tires only if pressure has dropped below the pressure listed in the table and the respective operating conditions are taken into consideration An underinflated tire due to a slow leak e g due to a nail in the tire may cause damage such as tread separation bulging etc Regular tire pressure checks including the spare tire at intervals of no more than 14 days are therefore essential If a tire constantly loses air it should be inspected for damage Battery Instruments and controls The spare tire should be checked periodically for condition and inflation Spare tire will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Warning Do not overinfla
124. age 285 system selects raised level mode A EMAT c The vehicle chassis is raised depending on the kind of defect Important The wheels may not have sufficient clearance when the steering wheel is turned beyond a certain angle if the JISIT WORKSHOP AIR SPRING STOP CAR TOO LOW message Beare epost appears The front fenders will be damaged if the steering wheel is turned too far Watch and listen for Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h 1 oe DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP Visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible AIRMATIC STOP CAR TOO LOW AIRMATIC VISIT WORKSHOP 3 The capability of the system is restricted Important C Category see page 309 l N When the message AIR SPRING VISIT WORKSHOP 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning appears Gancrececds speed of 50 mph 80 km h Visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Malfunction and warning messages 331 Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Malfunction and warning messages DISTRONIC DTR DISTE HIC MALFUNCTION CLEAH SENSOR SEE OWNER S MAH P54 30 4559 21 DISTRONIC REACTIVATE EXTERNAL MALFUNCTION DISTRONIC MALFUNCTION SEE OWNER S MAN CLEAN SENSOR DISTRONIC VISIT WORKSHOP SPEEDTRONIC VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 Instrument X Practic
125. al Malfunction and warning messages in red are always accompanied by an audible signal Temporary messages such as TRUNK OPEN will not be stored in the malfunction message memory Warning All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and where malfunction indicated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property damage or personal injury 309 Practical hints Car care Lis OSE Operation Driving eee Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 310 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE engine control unit DISPLAY DEFECTIVE several systems DISPLAY DEFECT IVE DISPLAY DEFECT IVE Fa dmg a JISIT WORKSHOP WISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 2089 21 P54 30 2085 21 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 C Category see page 309 The displays for several systems have failed Some This message is displayed to indicate that the systems themselves may also have failed information being relayed by the engine control unit is no longer complete The display for coolant temperature gauge tachometer or the cruise control may have failed BATTERY ALTERNATOR BHT TERY ALTERHAT OR MISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 3574 21 BATTERY ALTERNATOR
126. al hints cluster display Due to the presence of electro magnetic radiation the system is presently unavailable After a short period of time try to activate the system again Distronic is automatically switched off Distronic sensor in hood grille needs cleaning see page 386 The display or the system is malfunctioning Distronic is not operational AIR CLEANER REPLACE AIR CLEANER UISIT WORKSHOP P54 30 4558 21 REPLACE AIR CLEANER VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 Malfunction and warning messages 333 Instruments A an Instrument M Operation Drivin and controls p 5 cluster display Contents Instruments and controls Practical hints Pirstaid oll sse aa 336 Stowing things in the vehicle 336 TUS CS nra 337 TO Oe mesonen eetotcmalenemaess 339 Checking engine oil level 342 Automatic transmission Phi level cxicccpcscrs icine 343 Active body control ABC AUG TO VEL T EE EEEE 343 Coolant leve koas 344 Adding coolant ceeeeeseeeees 344 Windshield and headlamp washer system cceceesseeeeeees 345 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio 345 Practical hints Operation Driving Spare wheel vehicle tools storage compartment 346 VEHICICJ ACK sirenerne 347 WICCIS seeen rai tas 348 Tire Replacement cece 348 Rotating wheels cccseeeeee 349 Spare Wheel ozana anaa 349 Changing w
127. ally switched off The automatic climate control only operates with the engine running The temperature selector should be left at the desired temperature setting The temperature selected is reached as quickly as possible The system will not heat or cool any quicker by setting a higher or lower temperature The desired interior temperature and air distribution can be selected separately for the left and right side of the passenger compartment Adjust the temperature settings in small increments The automatic climate control removes considerable moisture from the air during operation in the cooling mode It is normal for water to drip on the ground through ducts in the underbody The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the economy mode AC is selected see page 176 Automatic climate control Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 169 i Practical hints cluster display Notes The current settings Temperature Air volume AC Activated charcoal filter ON OFF are stored for each electronic key before the electronic key is removed from the starter switch or when the vehicle is locked using the KEYLESS GO card vehicles with keyless go see key dependent memory settings on page 111 Do not obstruct the air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window Also keep the air intake grill in front of the windshield free of snow and debris
128. am e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle Driving systems Instruments and controls Driving Operation Instrument cluster display 269 Practical hints The driver must always be on the alert and observe all traffic and intercede with steering and braking inputs as necessary Important When starting the engine Distronic goes through an initialization and self test phase this can take up to 2 minutes The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC CLEAN SENSOR appears in the multifunction display Warning Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions For cleaning and care of the Distronic sensor see page 386 Restart the engine after cleaning the sensor The following are some sample situations which may influence the functions of Distronic Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Driving systems P54 70 2161 26 Traveling through turns or bends in the roadway may result in Distronic detecting a moving vehicle traveling in front but not in your lane of travel causing your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly You must be prepared to intercede with accelerator or brake application as necessary Practical hints cluster
129. amp Unlock driver s door 2 or Global Unlock 3 should come on red or green Change batteries if indicator lamps do not illuminate see page 375 P80 30 2027 26 Changing batteries Important Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal For disposal please follow manufacturer s recommendation on battery package Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent P80 61 2004 26 Pry open cover 1 e g by using a narrow blade screw driver and remove batteries Install new batteries as indicated by the and markings in the KEYLESS GO card KEYLESS GO card 375 Instruments Operation Driving lasttument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data HS EATON Operation Driving nerne Practical hints and controls cluster display Emergency engine shut down 376 Emergency engine shut down Fuel filler flap manual release If the engine can no longer be stopped using the electronic key or the start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO the engine can be turned off by withdrawing two fuses For easy removal of fuses use the fuse extractor Supplied with vehicle tool kit to pull out the fuses marked on the fuse chart as ENGINE EMERGENCY OFF The fuse chart is also located in the vehicle tool kit see page 346 For fuses see page 337 Pul
130. anner Note For child seats with mounting fittings for tether anchorages refer to page 101 installation of infant and child restraint systems Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Restraint systems Instruments Instrument 99 Important The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states and all Canadian provinces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system properly secured by a lap shoulder belt and that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 A statement by the child restraint manufacturer of compliance with this standard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restraints Operation Driving Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Restraint systems Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart comp
131. assenger compartment climate control 180 POTECA aeaaaee 222 Rear view mirror exterior FROG 1 AG K Ane si Ace as iaanaa wars E tian acces 380 AUSE a N ASES 104 Rear VIEW DUTTODS sinnti Aa aA NN 103 Automatic antiglare ses ssesssesssesesessseeseresssserrsserseee 103 S EXELON A E N 104 aee a aaan araona asec nes ont 103 Seat belts O EEA AIEA E AIII AE ESA 81 Pari MeepOsit Oleaseuscaucinatce ene aen ae es 105 Fastening widely nati dialect anette tides eas EA E 84 Storing MIPTOr POSILIONS 103 104 Operation ccocrsvieiirecers sosseeeeeeeeeceeeeeesessnnnnnnnnsnssnnsses 85 Rear window defroster esessesoseosseesssessseessressseesseresses 183 Seat belt ETE SS OEO ea 82 Peara ndon sui hea cha a eaten eae 193 Unfastening A PEIE EA EIA EA E EE OEE ET 85 Wanne AD e neue evanceyhtowstete 308 Seat belts and integrated restraint system 81 DG al Ue et xc eietase a Saeco dels cv auacoacaeaueei coun a eoeeuete 71 Seat VENTIALION SYSlEIN aora a aa N 74 Seats SPAC NEON oet a N 349 Front seat adjustment ccswandsiwkediertentiealcndies 64 Special Settings Automatic climate control 172 EUIMID AT SUD POUL sienienia i e ebay cack 69 SRS Supplemental Restraint System eee 89 IVI IMIO LY aea ar AA 108 MAC ator FANN sccrcassessdoostis Stasvureoeunaceaeccovettedubausetooss 305 Multicontour backrest ccceescccssssecsessecesseeeeeseeees 69 SRS MiallUMe ll ON sorne des eaeeueaameniietedteds 91 SCA
132. at it is always vertical plumb line as seen from the remaining bolts Keep bolt threads protected the side See arrow even if the vehicle is parked on from dirt and sand an incline 9 Remove wheel Grip wheel from the sides Keep 7 Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the hands from beneath the wheels ground Never start engine while vehicle is raised Tires Wheels 353 Instruments Operation Driving lasttument and controls cluster display Practical hints Innis EST Operation Driving nae Practical hints and controls cluster display Tires Wheels 354 P40 10 2075 26 P40 10 2072 26 10 Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub 11 Lower vehicle Remove jack and insert jack tube Install spare wheel on wheel hub Insert wheel bolts cover and tighten them slightly To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while installing first wheel bolt Unscrew the alignment bolt to install the last wheel bolt P40 10 2073 26 12 Using the wrench tighten the five bolts evenly following the sequence illustrated until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 110 ft lb 150 Nm 13 Ensure proper tire pressure Notes Before storing the jack the jack arm must be lowered almost to the base of the jack For proper storage of vehicle jack see page 346 Tires Wheels 355 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin ee 2 cluster display
133. at you should know at the gas station What you should know at the gas station Fuel supply an P88 60 2001 26 Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline Practical hints Car care 296 Technical data Open flap by pushing near front arrow Turn fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure in tank has been released then remove cap Failure to remove slowly could result in personal injury See page 376 for manual release of fuel filler flap Fuel To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit Only fill fuel tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or overfill Warning Overfilling of fuel tank may result in creating pressure in the system which could cause a gas discharge such as the gas spraying back out upon removing the filler nozzle which could cause personal injury Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the CHECK ENGINE lamp to illuminate see page 302 for notes on the CHECK ENGINE lamp Fuel tank capacity approximately 23 2 US gal 88 0 1 Engine oil This includes approximately 2 9 US gal 11 0 1 reserve Use premium unleaded gasoline Checking oil level see instr
134. atible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt cluster display Practical hints 100 Technical Car care data Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs to the point where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without one When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Do not leave children unattended in the
135. ation Driving lastrument and controls cluster display Combination switch Combination switch P54 25 2388 26 1 Low beam exterior lamp switch position B 2 High beam exterior lamp switch position B Practical hints Car care 162 3 High beam flasher high beam available independent of exterior lamp switch position 4 Turn signals right 5 Turn signals left To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes on a highway move combination switch briefly to the point of resistance only and release The turn signals blink three times To operate the turn signals continuously move the combination switch past the point of resistance up or down The switch is automatically canceled when the steering wheel is turned to a large enough degree Turn signal failure If one of the turn signals fails the turn signal indicator system flashes and sounds at a faster than normal rate 0 Off I Intermittent wiping One initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically controlled by a rain sensor monitoring the wetness of the windshield This will not occur with a front door open Notes With switch in this position one wipe occurs when turning the electronic key in starter switch from position 0 However this might cause scratches on a dry windshield Turn combination switch to Off position before turning the electronic key in starter switch from position 0 P54 25 2389 26 6 Press switch brie
136. aw These Warning indicators are located in six places on the tread Do not allow your tires to wear down too far As circumference and become visible at a tread depth of tread depth approaches in 1 5 mm the approximately in 1 5 mm at which point the tire is adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply considered worn and should be replaced reduced The tread wear indicator appears as a solid band across Depending upon the weather and or road surface the tread conditions the tire traction varies widely Driving instructions 251 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Driving ins Instrument Driving Operation tructions Specified tire pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subjected to high loads e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temperatures Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Aquaplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road aquaplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain i Practical hints cluster display 252 Car
137. ble Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Instrument Driving Operation Driving systems Antilock brake system ABS Warning Do not pump the brake pedal rather use firm steady brake pedal pressure Pumping the brake pedal defeats the purpose for ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness Important The ABS improves steering control of the vehicle during hard braking maneuvers The ABS prevents the wheels from locking up above a vehicle speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions cluster display Practical hints 278 Car care At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pulsation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure results in applying the advantages of the ABS namely braking power and ability to steer the vehicle In the case of an emergency brake maneuver keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal In this manner only can the ABS be most effective On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even with light brake pedal pressure because of the increased likelihood of locking wheels The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving ABS control
138. braking effect Be sure to maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effectiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an accident f Practical hints cluster display 248 Technical Car care data Excessive use of salt and other snow melting chemicals spread on roads during the winter months may cause a build up of moisture or residue to form on the braking components This build up or residue could cause light corrosion of the braking components if the vehicle is parked with the brakes cold Apply steady and even braking pressure when stopping the vehicle to warm up and dry the brake components Important Please pay attention to the function of the brake assist system BAS see page 277 The condition of the parking brake system is checked each time the vehicle is in the shop for the required maintenance service at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster stays on the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the reservoir Have the brake system inspected at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately All checks and service w
139. button once more The menu SETTINGS is reset to factory settings acknowledged by display 5 The individual setting preliminary display 1 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset Note For safety reasons the individual setting LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP in menu LIGHTING cannot be reset while driving see page 142 If an attempt is made the message LIGHTING CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING will be displayed 139 Practical hints Car care Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Operation Drivin l 2 cluster display data Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 140 INST CLUSTER Instrument cluster WOULD VOU LIKE SETTIHMGS SETT HGS FOR HSTRUMEHTS INST CLUSTER TEMP IHOICATOR RESET LIGHT IHG i TO COMFIRM VEHICLE all PRESS RESET CRY BUTTOH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SETTINGS TO FACTORY SETT I HGS SETT I NGS SPEEDOMETER MILES RESET WITH R BUTTON EM P54 30 4484 29 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings SETTINGS the menu INST CLUSTER can be called up in this option menu Selection marker Pressing button or E on the multifunction steering wheel controls the selection marker TEMP INDICATOR the unit set is displayed in the outside temperature display in the instrument cluster and i
140. c can be switched off by a control switch located in the center console It engages automatically again when starting the engine See page 295 for Parktronic switch Warning Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers rests always with the driver Special attention must be paid to objects having smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or street curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Parktronic can be affected by dirty sensors especially at times of snow and ice See page 386 for notes on cleaning the parktronic system sensors Interference caused by other ultrasonic signals e g working jackhammers or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be taken into consideration Parking system 291 ou ments Operation Driving USE L Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Parking system Sensors Instrument cluster display 292 1 Sensors located in bumpers front bumper shown Practical hints Car care A total of 10 sensors 1 monitor the vehicle s front and rear areas Six sensors are located in the front bumper four sensors in the rear bumper F
141. cibly pushed rearward hit from the front press button 2 to fold mirrors in then press button 1 to fold mirrors out Do not force mirror by hand Before running the vehicle through an automatic car wash fold mirrors in otherwise they might get damaged Note The exterior rear view mirrors can vibrate if they are not completely folded out Driver s side exterior rear view mirror antiglare mode Antiglare mode With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the mirror reflection brightness responds to changes in light sensitivity With the gear selector lever in position R or with the interior light switched on the mirror brightness does not respond to changes in light sensitivity Note The automatic antiglare function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the inside rear view mirror The automatic antiglare function will not react for example if the rear window sun shade is in the raised position Warning In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not allow the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In cases it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Important Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in
142. cident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Don t add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Note If you find that the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir is reached have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Supplemental restraint system SRS indicator lamp The operational readiness of the airbag SRS system is verified by the indicator lamp SRS in the instrument cluster when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 If no fault is detected the lamp will go out after approximately 4 seconds after the lamp goes out the system continues to monitor the components and circuitry of the airbag system and will indicate a malfunction by coming on again Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury See page 91 for notes on airbags see page 89 for belt tensioners and
143. cking system 58 Opening height restriction of trunk lid Note The trunk lid opening height can be restricted when To fully open the trunk lid while opening height transporting goods on a roof rack e g presence of an restriction activated deactivate it MB sport luggage container When activated the trunk lid opens to below the roof line of the vehicle To activate Press upper half of trunk lid opening closing switch for a minimum of 5 seconds To deactivate Press upper half of trunk lid opening closing switch for a minimum of 5 seconds Trunk lid emergency release 0 2263 26 The emergency release button 1 is located in the trunk lid Briefly press emergency release button 1 The trunk unlocks and the trunk lid opens Central locking system Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving j Practical hints cluster display Important The emergency release button 1 does not open the trunk lid if the vehicle battery is discharged or disconnected Illumination of the emergency release button 1 The button will blink for 30 minutes after opening the trunk The button will blink for 60 minutes after closing the trunk Note When pressing the emergency release button while the vehicle was centrally locked the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound To cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button or on the electronic key or
144. ctronic key or vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Operation Driving Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display With the automatic central locking system activated the doors and trunk are locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more The fuel filler flap remains unlocked The automatic central locking function can be switched on or off in the individual setting menu VEHICLE AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK see page 146 Notes If doors are unlocked with the central locking switch after activating the automatic central locking and neither door is opened then the doors remain unlocked even at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more If a door is opened from the inside at speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or less with the automatic central locking activated the door will again be automatically locked at speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more When a door is opened from the inside the complete vehicle is unlocked
145. cy release c cccccssssssssssssssssesssssssssessseeesees 59 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO Card ssssssseeeeeteseeen 38 Trunk lid release switch cccccesssscreccsssssscosccenssseces 55 TRUNK OPEN y malfunction and warning messages ssessess00 314 Turn Signal faure ssrin 162 Vani mO ossiavostsustvecsnincaniopinesonvechncitieseteenass 195 Tuti SIGNALS serene eanvdertaet ee seeroeaveneo oreo tanner 162 Ve HI C16 ACG sretescsctccdeensecacsatsesnteesene enatauatauecnsesaeanic 347 Turning off the engine Vehida Keys Aacertn chia soils nn cleat edi octets ia ietinludaleecnuls 28 Electronic Key ssssersesssessessrsssesssssnnsnnssnnsnsresnessseeeeeree 239 Vehicle tool aieia diel Malsicle tia aiation 346 KEYLESS GO nsssssssssseocccceseessererennssssssnnsesssrrrrreeerennnsssses 236 Ventilated seats icinxedeiteiiuntleistin ieee ew hia anes 74 Index 423 LCS TEINS Operation Driving egag Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving WOE Practical hints Car care aeti cluster display data 424 W Where to Eae E A A 13 Window curtain airbags eoesessosesseeesseessseesoresseeessressses 93 Warning lamps Windows See malfunction and indicator lamps in the See Power WIndows sesesessesseseeseisessirersrrsesresersrrerrs 184 instrument CUTS UCI aai ERR 302 Windshield and headlamp washer Warning message MEMOTY sssssessssssseerteeeseeerereseeeeees 136 Mid AAO ril O oeno ian
146. d be exceeded Car care Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Automatic transmission Briefly press selector lever in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear range to the next higher gear range If the transmission is already in gear range D an additional upshift of one gear is possible Press and hold selector lever in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear directly to gear range D Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Important With transmission in gear range D 4 or 3 upshifting from 1st to 2nd to 3rd gear is delayed depending on vehicle speed and engine temperature This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperatures During the brief warm up period this delayed upshift and increased engine noise might be perceived as a i Practical hints cluster display 242 Car care malfunction However neither the engine nor transmission are negatively affected by this mode of operation The delayed upshift is effective with vehicle speeds below 31 mph 50 km h at partial throttle and engine temperatures below 95 F 35 C To avoid overrevving the engine when the selecto
147. d in red for approx 10 seconds during the system self check after turning electronic key in starter switch to position 2 together with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Pq See system self check on page 218 when the indicator lamp does not light up in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message INFO CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display Information calls can be terminated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel Practical hints cluster display 224 Technical Car care data Important If the indicator lamps do not start flashing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a fault or the service is not currently active and may not initiate a call Visit your Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Upgrade Signals Tele Aid system processes calls using the following priority e Automatic emergency First priority e Manual emergency Second priority e Roadside assistance Third priority
148. d warning messages 320 LAMP SENSOR ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC LAMP SENSOR ACTIVE BODY COHTROL 7 Ty D ABC JISIT WORKSHOP STOF CAR TOU LO P54 30 4440 21 P54 30 4445 21 Line 1 Line 2 Line 1 Line 2 LAMP SENSOR VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP ACTIVE BODY CONTROL DRIVE CAREFULLY C Category see page 309 ACTIVE BODY CONTROL STOP CAR TOO LOW The headlamps will be switched on automatically if the light sensor malfunctions The individual setting menu LIGHTING LIGHT CIRCUIT HEADLAMP MODE can be set to MANUAL C Category see page 309 See page 142 It will then be possible to switch the headlamps on and off using the exterior lamp switch See page 158 for notes on the exterior lamp switch ACTIVE BODY CONTROL VISIT WORKSHOP Malfunctio Instruments and controls 1 The display or the system is malfunctioning 2 The capability of the system is restricted Important When the message ACTIVE BODY CONTROL DRIVE CAREFULLY appears do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h The vehicle driving characteristics are changed due to a noticeably softer suspension In this case visit your Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Do not continue to drive if loss of hydraulic fluid or leaks are noticed Doing so could result in subsequent damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty n and warning messages Operation Driving Instrument
149. d with LEDs Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if a malfunction occurs P82 10 2199 26 Loosen both securing screws 1 remove lamp and replace tubular lamp C 5 W 4 cp Exterior lamps 369 Practical hints Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display HS FETE Operation Driving nerne Practical hints and controls cluster display Exterior lamps 370 Standby bulb function Notes The rear fog lamp dimmed will act as a replacement The multifunction display will indicate that a bulb has lamp if the bulb in the inner left hand taillamp stops failed See Malfunction and warning messages on working page 309 The inner taillamp acts as a replacement for the right or left hand bulb of the outer taillamp if it stops working as a parking lamp Changing batteries in the electronic key P80 20 2201 26 P80 35 2029 26 1 Transmit buttons Changing batteries 2 Lamp for battery check and function control Move locking tab 3 in direction of right arrow and remove mechanical key 4 left arrow Checking batteries If one of the transmit buttons 1 is pressed the battery check lamp 2 lights up briefly indicating that the batteries are in order Change batteries if the battery check lamp 2 does not light up briefly Electronic key 371 Instruments Operation Driving lasttument and controls cluster display Practical hints Instrument cluster display In
150. der Poly V belt Instrument i Practical hints cluster display 396 S 430 220 070 S 430 220 170 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 54 in 89 90mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 260 3 cu in 4266 cm 10 1 275 hp 5750 rpm 205 kW 5750 rpm 295 ft lb 400 Nm at 3000 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2390 mm Technical Car care data S 500 220 175 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 5 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5600 rpm 225 KW 5600 rpm 339 ft lb 460 Nm at 2700 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2390 mm 1 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt S 55 AMG 220 173 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 335 6 cu in 5439 cm 10 5 1 356 hp 5500 rpm 265 kKW 5500 rpm 391 ft 1b 3150 rpm 530 Nm 3150 rpm 6000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2390 mm S 600 220 178 137 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 31 in 84 00 mm 3 43 in 87 00 mm 353 6 cu in 5786 cm 10 1 362 hp 5500 rpm 270 KW 5500 rpm 39
151. derable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the airbag Occupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye Restraint systems Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 95 e Sit properly belted in an upright position with your back against the backrest e Adjust the driver s seat as far as possible rearward still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breastbone to the center of the airbag cover on the steering wheel must be at least ten inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combination of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any problems please see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard e Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front airbag inflates e Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Technical data Practical hints Car care ne ens Operation Driving ins Sirona Practical hints Car care Wecniniea and contr
152. des Benz original spare parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Mercedes Benz original spare parts should be installed Important The use of non genuine parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or compromise its durability or safety Practical hints cluster display Technical Car care data Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information booklet and your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts originally installed on the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties New vehicle limited warranty Emission system warranty Emission performance warranty FW N e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont emission control systems warranty Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Spare Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any Mercedes Benz Center Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a replacement It will be mailed to you Identification labels
153. doors open Adjust the seat and multicontour backrest to the desired position You can also adjust the steering wheel the exterior rear view mirrors electrically and the inside rear view mirror by hand for the driver s seat See page 104 for exterior rear view mirror adjustment and page 102 for steering wheel adjustment Push memory button M release and push a stored position button 1 2 or 3 within 3 seconds Memory function Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 109 Practical hints cluster display Recalling positions from memory To recall a seat steering wheel and rear view mirror position push and hold button 1 2 or 3 until seat steering wheel and rear view mirror movement has stopped The seat steering wheel and rear view mirror movement stops when the button is released Caution Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the seat backrest is in an excessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move backrest to an upright position Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Memory function Important Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should check and adjust if necessary the seat height seat position fore and aft and backrest angle to insure adequate control reach and comfort The head restraint should also be adjusted f
154. driver s door open Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury To adjust the steering wheel position turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 With the driver s door open the steering wheel can also be operated with the electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 However any adjustment will be cancelled and the steering wheel will return to it s position stored in memory if the driver s door is closed or the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch Practical hints Car care 102 P68 00 2011 26 The stalk is located on the steering column 1 Steering column lengthen or shorten column Move the stalk to the front or rear 2 Steering column height Move the stalk up or down Note The steering wheel adjustment can be stored together with the seat and mirror adjustment See page 108 for notes on the memory function Rear view mirrors Inside rear view mirror Manually adjust the inside rear view mirror Storing inside rear view mirror positions The inside rear view mirror positions are stored in memory with the seat steering wheel exterior rear view mirror positions and can be recalled when necessary See page 108 for notes on the memory function Inside rear view mirror automatic antiglare Antiglare mode With the electronic key in starter swi
155. e Exterior lamps Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Instrument cluster display Parking and standing lamp W SW Open hood Press the clip together arrow and remove headlamp cover 1 Twist bulb socket 4 counterclockwise and pull out Push bulb into socket turn counterclockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise Reinstall bulb socket Align headlamp cover 1 and click into place Practical hints Practical hints Car care Instruments oe Instrument Operation Drivin and controls l 2 cluster display Exterior lamps 368 Taillamp assemblies Open trunk lid Fold trim to the side Twist bulb socket counterclockwise and pull out Push bulb into socket turn counterclockwise and remove Insert new bulb in socket push in and twist clockwise Reinstall bulb socket Reinstall trim 10 11 Black socket Backup lamp 1158 32 cp bulb Red socket Driver s side Taillamp parking lamp rear fog lamp P 21 4W bulb passenger side Taillamp parking lamp 67 4 cp bulb Grey socket Taillamp parking lamp standing lamp side marker W 5W 4 cp bulb White socket Turn signal lamp 1156 NA bulb yellow License plate lamp Stop lamp High mounted stop lamp Additional turn signals on the exterior mirror The stop lamps the high mounted stop lamp 3rd brake lamp and the additional turn signals on the exterior mirrors are equippe
156. e 345 Warranty coverage seeseersrerssrersrresrosssrersrressrtessreessresse 392 Windshield and headlamp washer system 345 WASHER FLUID l WACO TCL VAT iniaa eS 255 malfunction and warning messages ecceeeee 330 Winter driving instructions 254 Washing the vehicle cceesseceeeees seeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeecesee 384 Wiper blades replacing scccccssssssssssssssssssssseesseseseeeee 378 What you should know at the gas station 296 Wiper operation Wheels a eee eee RUPEE eee Creer err ee err errr eer rc errr errr err eee rere rer err ererrery 348 See Combination switch Sa se cate ends cen cascada aaa EAE 163 AT OU S secina 351 Light alloy Wheels ccceccssscccesssceccesssseeeesseneees 388 Rims and ELC See iorra E E 398 ROUNE reran ar AE 349 SPAC Wee y E 349 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and original Mercedes Benz parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see your authorized Mercedes Benz Center If your are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs
157. e Mercedes Benz Center sets the counter mileage to 10 000 miles Canada 15 000 km The counter can also be set by any individual To do so Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To call up the trip odometer and main odometer press button or on the multifunction steering wheel until the display appears See page 122 Press button EAN or Keg until the FSS indicator appears Press button on the instrument cluster for approximately 2 seconds Flexible service system Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 151 Practical hints cluster display The multifunction display will show the question DO YOU WANT TO RESET SERVICE INTERVAL CONFIRM BY PRESSING RESET R BUTTON Press button on the instrument cluster again to reset the service indicator The new service indicator is displayed with the reset distance of 10 000 miles Canada 15 000 km If the FSS counter was inadvertently reset have a Mercedes Benz Center correct it However you choose to set your reference numbers the scheduled services as posted in the Service Booklet must be followed to properly care for your vehicle Car care an enn fe Operation Driving insteg Practical hints Car care L EEN and controls cluster display data Tire inflation pressure monitor 152 Tire inflation pressure monitor optional for Canada Inquiry of present tire inflation pressure The tire inflation pressure as sel
158. e RJ button The blower setting for the rear automatic climate control can be controlled with the air volume switch and the temperature setting for the rear air conditioner can be set with the temperature control switches Notes The message in the display disappears approximately 4 seconds after the button is pressed for the last time and the automatic air conditioner switches to normal operation During maximum cooling the display in the rear passenger compartment shows MAXCOOL Rear window defroster Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To select Press the fajj button in the control panel of the automatic air conditioner The indicator lamp in the button illuminates To cancel Press the ffajj button in the control panel of the automatic air conditioner The indicator lamp in the button goes out Note Heavy accumulation of snow and ice should be removed before activating the defroster Automatic climate control Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 183 j Practical hints cluster display The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum turn off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is automatically turned off after approximately 6 17 minutes of operation depending on the outside temperature and vehicle speed If several power consumers are turned on simultaneously or th
159. e appropriate button to activate 2 Simultaneously holding down the left and right side the remote controlled device The integrated remote buttons for approximately 20 seconds or until the control transmitter continues to send the signal as control lamp blinks rapidly will erase the codes of long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds all three channels Garage door opener 213 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin Le gt cluster display Practical hints Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls LY gt cluster display Infrared reflecting windshield 214 Infrared reflecting windshield Your vehicle is equipped with infrared reflecting glass which reduces the amount of radiated heat entering the interior through the windows The infrared reflecting glass also prevents the transmission of signals through the glass by in vehicle electronic devices e g electronic toll collection devices To allow the use of these devices in the vehicle two infrared transparent areas 1 and 2 are placed in the windshield P67 10 2068 26 1 Mounting location for electronic toll collection devices infrared transparent 2 Infrared transparent area pass through for electronic signals a 31 5 in 80 cm b 19 0 in 48 cm C 1 75 in 4 5 cm Driving Control and operation of radio transmitters The first 1 000 miles 1 500 km Maintenance Tele Aid Catalytic converter Emis
160. e battery is only partially charged it is possible that the defroster will automatically turn itself off When this happens the indicator lamp inside the switch starts blinking As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the defroster automatically turns itself back on Car care Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls 7 cluster display Interior equipment 184 Power windows Switches for 1 left front 2 right front 3 Switch for rear door window override 4 left rear 5 right rear There are individual switches in the front passenger door and the rear door for the respective windows Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 O 124 26 Opening the side windows Press on the switch to resistance point The control panel is located on the driver s door e control panel 1S located on the ariver oor Closing the side windows Press EA on the switch to resistance point Release switch when window is in desired position Express opening and closing of windows Press BVA or EAN on the switch past resistance point and release window opens or closes completely To interrupt procedure briefly press PAN or eed If the upward movement of the window is blocked during the closing procedure the window will stop during the last few inches before closure and open slightly When pressing and holding the switch EAN to close the window and upward movement of
161. e distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be capable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance to the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final caution that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident The distance warning sound continues until the driver activates the brake pedal or the preset distance is obtained As soon as the preset distance is obtained the distance warning lamp goes out cluster display Practical hints 268 Technical Car care data Caution If the driver s foot is not fully removed from the accelerator pedal the message DISTRONIC OVERRIDE appears in the multifunction display The Distronic control system will be overridden and it will not regulate the preset vehicle speed and following distance The vehicle speed and following distance is determined only by the accelerator pedal
162. e engine torque reduction feature is cancelled Therefore the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP is unavailable Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions A portion of the ESP system remains active even with the switch in the OFF position If one drive wheel loses traction and begins to spin the brake is applied until the wheel regains sufficient traction The traction control engages at vehicle speeds up to approximately 24 mph 40 km h and switches off at 50 mph 80 km h Notes Warning Avoid spinning of one drive wheel This may cause ESP should not be switched off during normal serious damage to the drive train which is not covered driving other than in circumstances described by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty above Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers The ESP warning lamp located in the speedometer dial starts to flash at any vehicle speed as soon as the tires Important lose traction and the wheels begin to spin If the ESP warning lamp flashes To return to the enhanced vehicle stability offered by ESP press lower half 2 of the switch the ESP warning lamp in the speedometer dial goes out e while driving ease up on the accelerator Vehicles with Distronic DTR With the ESP switched off the Distronic cannot be switched on See page 264 for activation of Distronic e during take off apply as little throttle as possible
163. e in the red zone Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning e Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it cools down Instrument cluster Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 115 Practical hints cluster display Outside temperature indicator 6 Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an Ice Warning Device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving This means that the accuracy of the displayed temperature can only be verified by comparison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc Adaption to ambient temperature takes place in steps and depends on the prevailing driving conditions stop a
164. e negative under hood terminal of the disabled vehicle cluster display Practical hints Car care 360 Important 5 Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at high idle Make sure the cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when the engine is started Allow the discharged battery to charge for a few minutes Start engine of the disabled vehicle in the usual manner 6 After the engine has started remove jumper cables by exactly reversing the above installation sequence starting with the last connection made first When removing each clamp make sure that it does not touch any other metal while the other end is still attached Note If engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel may damage the catalytic converter Towing the vehicle Warning Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make certain that the electronic Key is in starter switch position 2 The maximum towing speed and distance with the vehicle on the ground is 30 mph 50 km h and 30 miles 50 km If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position 0 for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch To unlock remove electronic key from starter switch and reinsert Towing the vehicle Instruments and controls Operation Driving
165. e not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Service Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Where to find it The Operator s Manual is divided into eight sections e Instruments and controls An overview of all the controls that can be operated from the driver s seat e Operation Information on the vehicle s equipment and its operation e Driving Important information on driving e Instrument cluster display Displays and indicator lamps on the instrument cluster with brief instructions e Practical hints Assistance and instructions in the event of an emergency e Car care Instructions on caring for your vehicle e Technical data All the important technical data for your vehicle as well as consumer information such as fuels coolants lubricants etc is contained here e Index Key terms to help you find a topic quickly Other documents may also be supplied depending on your vehicle s equipment Explanation of color used Warning notices for the protection of yourself and others appear on red background Introduction 13 Introduction 14 Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center
166. e page 140 LIGHTING see page 142 VEHICLE see page 146 These three menus contain additional submenus Individual settings can be selected in these RESET TO Se eat submenus SETT I HGS EEEN 3 Selection marker PRESS RESET R BUTTON Pressing button or E on the multifunction steering wheel controls the selection marker SETT HGS SETT I HGS RESET WITH R gt BUTTOH 4 See below for instructions on returning the setting menus to the factory settings SETTINGS 5 Acknowledgment T FACTORY SETT I HGS P54 30 4483 27 Press the or button repeatedly until the individual setting preliminary display 1 appears Press the EAN or RA button until the setting menu SETTINGS 2 is displayed Pressing the or E button controls the selection marker 3 in setting menu 2 INST CLUSTER see page 140 LIGHTING see page 142 VEHICLE see page 146 Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Note These settings may only be performed with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation cluster display To return menu SETTINGS 2 to its factory setting e Call up the individual setting preliminary display 1 e Press the button in the instrument cluster for approximately 3 seconds Display 4 will appear e Press the
167. e performed at regular intervals Always have the Service Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Introduction 9 Introduction 10 Roadside assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in your glove box Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or
168. e returned to the position it was in before closing when convenience opening is selected The system automatically switches from air recirculation to fresh air e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above about 40 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below about 40 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if economy mode AC is selected The system switches automatically to air recirculation at high outside temperatures A quantity of outside air is added after a maximum of 30 minutes If the windows should fog up from the inside switch from recirculated air back to fresh air Activated charcoal filter An activated charcoal filter markedly reduces bad odors and removes pollutants from air entering the passenger compartment Select activated charcoal filter The indicator lamp in the J button is not illuminated Press ES button briefly The indicator lamp in the button illuminates Switch off activated charcoal filter The indicator lamp in the EJ button is illuminated Press ES button briefly The indicator lamp in the button goes out The system switches automatically to the air recirculation mode if the carbon monoxide CO or nitrogen oxides NO concentration of the outside air increases beyond a predetermined level The automatic air recirculation mode does not function if economy mode AC is selected or if the outside temperature has fallen below 40 F 5 C Automatic c
169. e subjects Operation driving position starter switch position 2 see page 230 All electrical consumers can be operated Gear selector is unlocked Off position electronic key removable from starter switch Most electrical consumers cannot be operated The selector lever is locked in position P Notes For improved recognition of the KEYLESS GO card the doors should be closed when pressing the start stop button The gear selector lever can only be moved with the vehicle battery charged and connected and the starter switch in the Operation position With the gear selector lever in position P the brake pedal must also be depressed Starter switch KEYLESS GO Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 233 Practical hints cluster display Important For the KEYLESS GO system to function properly the operator should observe the following e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is positioned farther away from the vehicle e g inside clothing or a briefcase the vehicle cannot be locked see page 38 or started with the start stop button see page 235 e Ifthe KEYLESS GO card is removed from the vehicle while the engine is running or by placing the card in front of the center armrest see page 198 the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOGNIZED will appear repeatedly for approx 2 seconds in the multifunction display see page 328 If the message CHIP CARD NOT RECOG
170. e tire inflation pressure monitor The message TIRE PRESS MONITOR ACTIVATED PRESS DISPLAY AFTER DRIVING A FEW MINS appears in the multifunction display Press button E NO on the multifunction steering wheel to cancel the activation Repeat above steps if the multifunction display shows the message REACTIVATE TIRE PRESS MONITOR A multifunction display showing the message TIRE PRESSURE CHECK TIRES indicates a much too low tire inflation pressure Check and correct tire inflation pressure again on all wheels and repeat the tire inflation pressure monitor activation steps listed above Notes To ensure proper functioning of the tire inflation pressure monitor the tire inflation pressure should be checked and corrected according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap For a detailed description refer to page 356 The message REACTIVATE TIRE PRESS MONITOR appears if the tire inflation pressure shows an increase of 4 4 psi 0 3 bar or more Reactivate the tire inflation pressure monitor The tire inflation pressure monitor only functions on wheels equipped with the proper electronic sensors Inquire at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center about retrofitting other than original Mercedes Benz wheels with electronic sensors Transporting a deflated road wheel in the vehicle e g after having a flat the tire inflation pressure monitor should only be activated once the fla
171. e to a safe location The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants Roadside Assistance button Located below the center armrest cover is the Roadside Assistance button Pg Pressing and holding the button for longer than 2 seconds will initiate a call toa Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher The button will flash while the call is in progress The message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CONNECTING CALL will appear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals f Practical hints cluster display 222 Technical Car care data A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established When a voice connection is established the audio system mutes and the message TELE AID ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL ACTIVE appears in the multifunction display The nature of the need for assistance can then be described The Mercedes Benz Roadside assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow
172. easiteraconasdavcsiseea 214 Driving Control and operation of radio transmitters e 216 The first 1 000 miles CEOO OUR seori 217 Mantena nE aer 217 TEICA esne E 218 Catalytic converter ceeeeeees 228 Emission control cccccseeeeeeeees 229 Starter switch scccccceccecscssasseens 230 Starter switch KEYLESS GO aatia aeia 232 Starting and turning off LINES ON SING orr a 235 Automatic transmission 237 Parking Drake cccsccssscessoesesees 246 Driving instructions 247 Drive sensibly DAVE Fel erossa 247 Drinking and driving 247 Pedals smera o 247 Power ASSISTANCE eeeeeseseseceeesee 248 Brake eena EER 248 Divine o osocan euna 249 PARIDE aorin T 250 ME 251 STIOW CHast 293 Winter driving instructions 254 Block heater sccsccsecreccrsees 299 Deep water esseesseeseesseseessessseesesse 256 3 Passenger compartment 256 Traveling abroad ccceeee 257 CUISE CONTE OM sesescceusicresbaccsvarecdvarsinc 258 Distronic DTR eraen 261 Brake assist system BAS inean an a 277 Antilock brake system AIDS aa 278 Electronic stability program ESP eana 280 Active body control ABC Pessi oa na 284 Level control system for vehicles with Airmatic system 285 Level control system for vehicles with Active Body Control ABO sera Giessen 286 Adaptive damping system CUD ere ne cr
173. eathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To In cases of other frontal impacts angled impacts avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as roll overs other side impacts rear collisions or soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing other accidents the airbags will not be activated difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the The driver and passengers will then be protected by airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a the fastened seat belts window or door We caution you not to rely on the presence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to activate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the potential and severity of injury It is important to your safety and that of your passenger that you replace deployed airbags and repair any malfunctioning airbags to ensure the vehicle will continue to provide crash protection for occupants Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front airbags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and ensure that it is properly positioned on your body Since the airbag inflates with consi
174. ected by the driver is monitored in all four wheels on the ground A warning is issued to the driver in the case of a decrease in the inflation pressure in one or more of the tires l RETA Z 102 REON 120 Vi x10 Warning 40 a RI The tire inflation pressure monitor does not 60 7 Neo indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation aol 590 pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure 20 TIRE PRESSURE CFSI 140 according to the label affixed on the fuel filler flap ol 2 a izol See page 356 for tire inflation pressure l i Ga Lae oy p f r 260 The tire inflation pressure monitor is not able to mphO ah aq 37 nea 39st issue a warning due to a sudden loss of pressure e g tire puncture caused by a foreign object In this case bring vehicle to a halt by carefully Press or button on the multifunction applying the service brakes and avoiding abrupt steering wheel until the display for trip and main steering maneuvers odometer appears see page 122 Press the EAN or eg button repeatedly until the tire inflation pressure monitor is displayed The present tire inflation pressure for each wheel is displayed in multifunction display Notes Activation of tire inflation pressure monitor Following a tire inflation pressure reactivation process Activation of tire inflation pressure monitor is the real tire inflation pressures are displayed only after necessary if tire inflation pressure is being changed a few minutes travel t
175. eeees 59 ETR Emergency tensioning retractor ccceeeeees 90 Emergency unlocking in case of accident 50 SRo mMdicator lamp sporren n aa 305 ENS SION COMO sarin E 229 Express opening and closing EMISSION control label wiscisavecsncnceanesshovaoacsonncedeasedawseedoe 394 See POWEL WINCOWS cssccsessccesssscessstecesstecesseeeees 185 ENZINE compar MeN eare 399 Exterior lamp malfunction Engine malfunction and warning messages cccessecccsssteceessseceeessseeeees 318 CHECK ENGINE malfunction EXtErior lamp SWIC saaan a 158 MACAO eie e R 302 Daytime running lamp mode sssensssessesessssessseessseee 160 EnemeoladditiVet enia a 404 Headlamp cleaning system oeeoosessesssesoessseeseees0sso 161 Engine oil consumption esseessseessseessssessseesssesssressreesses 157 Exterior Ia a EN 364 Engine oil level ROS ADDS i AAN 367 368 CHOCK oiri cee a teaccac cease 156 342 Headlamp assembly ssessessseseesseseessessesseeserssessesseesees 365 O a E N E meen er 324 High mounted stop lamp sssesesesessesssessssessssessssessee 369 ENGINE OIL LEVEL License plate lamps scsscsccesccssscsssssessscesecsnrs 369 malfunction and warning messages s 324 Low and high beam eseeescne tye echt oh te eteneives 366 Engine oil level indicator cc cccescceessscceessreeeesesnees 156 Parking ampan A 367 368 TEEN OI ena E E 404 Replacing DUDS epia tre hers te Gece dnaee 364 Entrance lamps exit LAMPS
176. een covered or two Bed button and press the button in the instrument minutes have elapsed since the engine was restarted cluster until the values are reset to 0 During this period you can incorporate the values for the previous journey by pressing button in the instrument cluster If button is not pressed the short distance memory is reset to 0 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 135 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin Le gt cluster display Practical hints Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Malfunction warning message memory HO MALFUHCT OH 3 MALFUNCTIONS P54 30 2863 27 1 There are no messages stored in the system 2 Number of messages stored in the system Practical hints Car care 136 Press the or button repeatedly until the message memory 1 or 2 is displayed Press the EAN or eg button if display 2 appears The stored messages will now be displayed in order See page 309 for malfunction and warning messages Display 2 will reappear after you have scanned all the malfunction and warning messages Should any malfunction or warning messages be stored while driving they will reappear in the display 2 when the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch The malfunction or warning
177. eep water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the engine compartment or passenger compartment being ingested by the air intake possibly causing damage to electrical components or wiring to engine or transmission that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty i Practical hints cluster display 256 Car care Passenger compartment Warning Always fasten items being carried as securely as possible In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Traveling abroad Abroad there is a widely spread Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to travel into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving instructions 257 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin l Me cluster display Instruments Operation Driving lastrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data Driving systems 258 Cruise control 2 Decelerate and set Depress lever briefly to set speed Hold lever down to decelerate Normally the vehicle is accelerated to the desired speed with the accelerator Speed is set by briefly pushing the le
178. ehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train To do so turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 0 or remove electronic key from starter switch Press tow away alarm switch 1 The indicator lamp 2 illuminates briefly Exit vehicle and lock vehicle with the electronic key or vehicles with KEYLESS GO the lock button at each door handle The tow away alarm remains switched off until the vehicle is locked again with the electronic key or the lock button at each door handle vehicles with KEYLESS GO at which time it is automatically reactivated Easy entry exit feature With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards to allow easier entry into and exit from the vehicle when the driver s door is opened However the engine must be turned off When the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch or with a valid KEYLESS GO card when pressing the start stop button on the gear selector lever and if the driver s door is closed the steering wheel returns to the last position set for it Warning You must ensure that no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the OG 00 2 199726 easy entry exit feature is activated and the driver s door is being opened or the electronic key The switch is located on the steering column adjustment removed from the starter switch Do not leave lever children unattended
179. elected mode radio tape or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the vehicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The navigation system if engaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken commands are only available by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress Car care Instruments and controls Tele Aid Operation Instrument Driving Remote door unlock In the case you have your vehicle locked unintentionally e g key inside vehicle and no other key is available contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your password which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement Then return to your vehicle and press trunk lock for minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your Acquaintance Call The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature Practical hints cluster display 226 Car care Notes The re
180. emains open The glove box can be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key See page 29 for instructions on how to remove the mechanical key from the electronic key e g for valet parking service Interior equipment 197 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instruments Operation Driving lastrument Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Interior equipment 198 Storage compartments in the center console Storage compartment in front of armrest ar fs loe BACK gt Mercedes Benz P68 10 2494 26 f P68 00 5 The storage space is located in the lower portion of 6 Storage compartment in front of armrest the center console To open Lower storage space Touch the top of the cover lightly To close To open Lightly push the cover up until it engages in lock Slide the mark on the cover forward To remove the insert To close Grasp in the recess and pull out the insert Lightly press the mark on the cover forward The cover closes automatically Storage compartment under the front To open passenger s seat Press buttons 8 together and fold the lid down NS To close s Fold the lid up until it engages 7 Storage compartment under the front passenger seat Interior equipment 199 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display Practical hints Car care Instruments Instrument and control
181. emory 136 Malfunction and warning messages ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC eee eeeeeeees 320 IR CLEANER 424 bredesdedevaudeveadevse n E N 333 ATRMFATIC cedic RE 331 BATTERY ALTERNATOR eeseesssessesseeseeesecssecssesseeseees 311 BRAKE ASSIST soane N 312 BRAKE TFCUID 2iicecasssvisacicaacnacvioasvensioieaictwieas 313 BRAKE PAD WEAR srerccccnenenin iania 313 CHIP CARD KEYLESS GO eeeeesesessessessessseseessessess 328 COOLANT coolant level ssesseseesoessessessessossssseseess 316 COOLANT coolant temperature cece 317 CRUISE COIN TROL corres 325 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE ene me Control un senna 310 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE Several SYSTEMS crasina 310 DISTRONICADIR iran tats cet heck taaats 332 POR r E E EA 326 ENGINE Ol GE VE Dresano ORT 324 417 Practical hints Car care MEO TeE data cluster display Lins URL HA Ie Operation Driving Lissa Practical hints Car care Wenning and controls cluster display data Index 418 ENTRY POSITION siza 312 Multifunction display 0 eee ccsecessecssteceseeceseeeeseeees 118 Dy mele ee ere eee T A Ona OT 315 AUIGIO SY SUC IIS uina a ees 124 i LO B leaamersrene eee pene reer pee rereeyronre Ore ona ame re mecren an aet 326 Cassette player teenies aie GREK ees 126 RE Geena cere crane E een ORC AA Raa oe 325 COPINE a NE 125 LAMP SENSOR sricu 320 Distronie DIR erreien assests 133 LUGHTING SYS EM ema a ai 318 Engine oil level indicator eee ccssseeeeseeeeseeees 122
182. emoved with the selector lever in position P Starting and turning off the engine 235 Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Operation Practical hints Driving Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Starting and turning off the engine Starting with KEYLESS GO Note For improved recognition of the chip card the doors should be closed when pressing the start stop button Depress brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress accelerator Briefly press start stop button on gear selector lever The starter will engage until the engine is running If engine will not run and the starting procedure stops press start stop button on gear selector lever and repeat starting the engine After several unsuccessful attempts have the system checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints cluster display 236 Car care Turning off with KEYLESS GO Stop the vehicle and put the selector lever in position P Press start stop button on the selector lever until the engine stops With the driver s door closed the starter switch is set to the On position starter switch position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to the Off position starter switch position 0 same as electronic key removed from starter switch Note The engine can only be turned off with selector lever in
183. ensioning retractor ETR that was activated must be replaced e Do not pass belts over sharp edges Restraint systems 97 e Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or removing any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger airbag cover door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between airbags and occupants free from objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may turn into projectiles and cause head and other injuries when curtain airbag is deployed An airbag system component within the steering wheel gets hot after the airbag has inflated Do not touch Technical data Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument Restraint systems Improper work on the system including incorrect installation and removal can lead to possible injury through an unintended activation of the SRS In addition through improper work there i
184. er s door see page 56 Central locking system Instruments Drivin and controls 5 Operation Instrument cluster display 53 Practical hints Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around Always be sure persons who might get injured are away from the trunk area when you operate the trunk closing button located on the vehicle door To interrupt the hydraulic power closing assist mechanism press trunk lid close button 2 inside the trunk lid push in trunk lid lock or press button on the electronic key Notes The automatic closing process is interrupted if the trunk lid is pushed against an object The trunk lid will reverse slightly and stop In its final closing stage the hydraulic power closing assist mechanism releases the trunk lid which then drops into the lock by its own weight Now the trunk lid will stop but not reverse slightly Investigate and correct the cause of interruption Now press trunk lid button 2 again to close the trunk lid Lins Sino ens Operation Driving Liss n Practical hints and controls cluster display Central locking system 54 In case of a malfunction the trunk lid can be opened and Trunk lamp closed manually The trunk lamp will switch off after approximately To open unlock trunk lid with the mechanical key and 10 minutes if the
185. er head restraint also folds back if there are three head restraints in the rear P82 50 0753 26 The center head restraint in vehicles with three rear a seat positions does not position itself automatically It The switch is located on the center console must be pulled up by hand until it locks into place Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 The head restraints on the two outer seats will position themselves automatically when the seats are occupied Activate switch seat belt buckled 1 Fold head restraint backwards 2 Place head restraint upright Seats 77 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints Instruments PE Operation Drivin and controls LY gt cluster display Seats 78 Power seats rear optional standard on model S 600 The appropriate outer head restraint can be folded up or back The head restraint angle can be adjusted manually The seats can be adjusted using the slide switches LORY BS ees SLS ZZZ SA ae 338 SOs S30 ee oe ee 1 a IZR BBS t 233333 ce 3538 located in either of the rear doors ae SSI e e 33333333333 Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 with respective door open that power seat can also be operated with the electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 The switches are located on each rear door Activate switch
186. er on Therefore drive your vehicle during the first 1 000 miles 1 500 km at moderate vehicle and engine speeds During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds Avoid accelerating by kickdown It is not recommended to brake the vehicle by manually shifting to a lower gear We recommend that you select positions 3 2 or 1 only at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1 000 miles 1500 km speeds may be gradually increased to the permissible maximum The first 1 000 miles Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 217 Practical hints cluster display Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by your authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Service Booklet at the times called for by the FSS Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Service Booklet at the designated times mileage may result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on the Flexible service system FSS see page 149 Car care Instruments and controls Tele Aid Practical hints 218 ae Instrument Operation Drivin l 2 cluster display Tele Aid Important The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the subscriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using the SOS button Failure to complete e
187. erational temperature up to approximately 30 minutes The engine oil level check can be repeated after a short time Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To call up the trip odometer and main odometer press button or on the multifunction steering wheel until the display appears See page 122 Press button EAN or Ref on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the CORRECT MEASUREMENT ONLY IF VEHICLE LEVEL engine oil level indicator appears This indicator is only a reminder Measurement can be cancelled by pressing button JY or A if the vehicle is not parked on level ground An incorrect reading will be recorded if you do not cancel the measurement Move the vehicle to level ground and measure again The electronic key in starter switch is not in position 2 if the ENGINE OIL LEVEL IGNITION ON PLEASE message appears The ENGINE OIL LEVEL MEASUREMENT IN PROCESS message is displayed after approximately 3 seconds One of the following messages will subsequently appear on the indicator ENGINE OIL LEVEL O K No oil needs to be added ENGINE OIL LEVEL ADD 1 0 QUART Canada 1 0 L ENGINE OIL LEVEL ADD 1 5 QUART Canada 1 5 L ENGINE OIL LEVEL ADD 2 0 QUART Canada 2 0 L See Checking engine oil level on page 342 for instructions on adding engine oil ENGINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL Do not overfill the engine Exce
188. erm has passed the symbol and message appear for approximately 30 seconds and a signal sounds every time when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 Technical Car care data Instruments Instrument Operation Driving i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Flexible service system 150 The service indicator disappears automatically after Note 30 seconds or if button on the instrument cluster is When disconnecting vehicle battery for one or more days at a time such days will not be counted Any such Calling up service indicator manually days not counted by the FSS can be added by your Mercedes Benz Center pressed Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 The interval between services is determined by the type Call up the trip odometer and main odometer by of driving for which the vehicle is used For example pressing button or oaie iino driving at extreme speeds and cold starts combined with short distance driving in which the engine does not reach operating normal temperature reduce the interval Press button EAN or eg until the FSS indicator between services appears steering wheel until the display appears See page 122 The next or previous system is displayed by pressing button or mz Important The FSS indicator does not include an engine oil level indicator See page 156 for engine oil level indicator Following a completed A or B service th
189. ertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of the rear shelf or inside the trunk Central locking system 37 Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data Operation Driving Unlocking Grasp any door handle All turn signal lamps blink once to indicate that the vehicle is unlocked The KEYLESS GO card can be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes see below Selective unlocking mode Grasp driver s door handle to unlock driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasping the passenger door or a rear door centrally unlocks the vehicle Global unlocking mode Grasp any door handle to unlock both doors fuel filler flap and trunk For choosing global or selective mode on KEYLESS GO card see page 41 His a Operation Driving Vine ina Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 38 Locking and unlocking with KEYLESS GO card Notes The door which was unlocked can be opened immediately after the audible click The other door can be opened after its lock button rises up If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 51 The presently active unlocking mode selective or global can be determined by pressing the button on the KEYLESS GO card see page 41 for changing mode If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the KEYLESS GO card
190. es off Active Body Control ABC when the vehicle is raised Notes The raised level setting switches off at speeds exceeding approximately 75 mph 120 km h or if vehicle speed is operated between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for approximately 5 minutes The message AIR SPRING LEVEL CANCELLED appears in the display The raised level setting will be stored in memory after the electronic key is removed from the starter switch if you did not drive at the aforementioned speeds See AIR SPRING on page 331 for malfunction and warning messages P32 31 2003 26 The switch is located on the center console Press the switch when the engine is running 1 Raise vehicle chassis 2 Lower vehicle chassis 3 Indicator lamp 4 Indicator lamp The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered automatically according to the selected setting and to the vehicle speed This helps to increase vehicle handling safety and lowers fuel consumption The selected setting is stored in memory even with the electronic key removed from the starter switch Warning To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when lowering the vehicle chassis Note See ACTIVE BODY CONTROL on page 320 for malfunction and warning messages Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 287 Practical hints cluste
191. essive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or aquaplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Note To alert following vehicles to slippery road conditions you discover operate your hazard warning flashers as appropriate Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Instrument Driving Operation Driving systems Electronic stability program ESP Warning ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns or aquaplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others The ESP enhances directional control and reduces driving wheel spin of the vehicle under various driving conditions Over understeering of the vehicle is counteracted by applying brakes to the appropriate wheel to create a countervailing vehicle movement Engine torque is also limited The ESP warning lamp located in the speedometer dial starts to flash when ESP is in operati
192. etting the passenger seat position from the rear is not possible if you deactivate the operation of rear door windows see page 186 Do not move the front passenger seat completely forward if objects are stored in the parcel net in the front passenger side footwell Items in the net may be damaged The switch is located on the right rear door 1 Front passenger seat adjustment 2 Rear seat adjustment Seat belts and integrated restraint system Your vehicle is equipped with seat belts for all seats emergency tensioning retractors for all outboard seat belts dual front airbags side impact airbags for driver front and outer rear passengers and head protective window curtain airbags Their protective functions are designed to complement one another Seat belts Important Laws in most states and all Canadian provinces require seat belt use All states and provinces require use of child restraints that comply with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 All child restraints systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt For your safety and that of your passengers we strongly recommend their use Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system instal
193. ety from the Hotline Introduction 15 Instruments and controls Instruments and controls 18 Door control panel eee 20 Overhead control panel 21 Dashboard oeeeeseceeeeeeesesreresesesee 22 Center console senesessesessesssssee 24 Contents Instruments and controls 17 Instrument cluster display ERS Onan hy Operation Driving and controls Instruments Operation Driving lastrument Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments and controls 18 Instruments and controls 1 SRS AIRBAG KXXXKKXX TETEN P68 10 2485 29 1 Door control panel see page 20 3 Dashboard see page 22 2 Overhead control panel see page 21 4 Center console see page 24 Instruments and controls 19 Instrument cluster display neni Operation Driving and controls Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Instruments and controls 20 Door control panel N GH Oa Door handle pull to open see page 46 Memory function for storing seat steering wheel rear view mirror and exterior mirror settings see page 108 Seat heater see page 71 Seat ventilation see page 74 Front seat adjustment see page 64 Exterior mirror adjustment see page 103 Power window switches see page 184 Power window Safety switch rear doors see page 186 Trunk lid release switch see page 55 Trunk lid opening closing system switch see pa
194. excess pressure If opened Check coolant level only when coolant is cold immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will The coolant level should reach the black top part of the be blown out under pressure reservoir e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts See page 406 for antifreeze anticorrosion mixture Windshield and headlamp washer system Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flammable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may burn You can be seriously burned Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon water P82 35 200226 For temperatures below freezing MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and 1 Windshield and headlamp washer fluid reservoir commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze The reservoir should be refilled with MB Windshield a Washer Concentrate and water or concentrate 1 part S to 100 parts solvent commercially available premixed windshield washer 40 ml S to 1 gallon solvent solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures Capacity approximately 7 1 US qt 6 7 1 Engine compartment 345 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operat
195. f of switch 2 once or twice 3 Indicator lamp 4 Indicator lamp Driving systems 289 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Lis OSE Operation Driving Wine Ina Practical hints and controls cluster display Driving systems 290 Firm damping program I Firm damping program II Setting for sporty driving Setting for very sporty driving Changing from soft damping program Changing from soft damping Press upper half of switch 1 once The indicator Press upper half of switch 1 twice The indicator lamp 3 lights up lamps 3 4 light up Changing from firm damping program II Changing from firm damping program I Press lower half of switch 2 The indicator lamp 4 Press upper half of switch 1 once The indicator goes out lamp 4 lights up in addition to indicator lamp 3 Parking assist Parktronic optional standard on model S 600 The Parktronic system assists the driver during parking maneuvers It visually and audibly indicates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle The front area of the vehicle is monitored when driving forward When reversing or with the gear selector lever in position N the front as well as the rear areas are monitored With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 Parktronic engages automatically at speeds up to approximately 10 mph 15 km h and deactivates during higher speeds Parktroni
196. f the tape enter request on the COMAND system located in the center dashboard To eject the inserted tape press EJT on the COMAND system located in the center dashboard Telephone 1 The telephone is switched off N Telephone book The vehicle is currently outside the transmitter or receiver range The telephone is ready for use Name selected from the telephone book TEL MILLER Number for the name selected Dialing commences oO oO A Q Dialing is completed The name is displayed The display remains for the duration of the call 7 Memory location number TEL TEL Mo 7 NO 201572898 SERY CE P54 30 2864 27 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 127 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display The telephone and COMAND system must be switched on Press the or button repeatedly until the display 3 appears See the separate telephone instructions manual If display 2 appears no service is available Pressing PA or Ke browses alphabetically forwards or backwards through the telephone book providing it was previously downloaded See telephone operator s manual for details concerning downloading Pressing button EA or Ref for longer than a second browses rapidly through the tele
197. fferent timed levels from 0 off to 60 seconds Note Within 10 minutes after closing the last door the night security illumination can be reactivated by opening a door If after switching the engine off no doors are opened or if after opening the doors they are not closed the night security illumination will switch off automatically after approximately 60 seconds Deactivating night security illumination temporarily Headlamp cleaning system optional on model S 430 Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 0 then to position 2 and back to position 0 again before getting out of the vehicle The night security illumination will not be activated when the door is opened Locator lighting Turn exterior lamp switch to position 3 After unlocking the vehicle with the electronic key during darkness the fog lamps and parking lamps switch on for a approx 40 seconds The exterior lamps will be switched off when opening the driver s door Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 To activate the function see the individual setting menu The headlamps will be cleaned with a high pressure LIGHTING LOCATOR LIGHTING on page 142 water jet when you press the headlamp washer button 1 See page 345 for instructions on filling up the windshield headlamp washer reservoir Exterior lamp switch 161 Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving ea diia Instruments Oper
198. fly Single wipe without washer fluid select only if windshield is wet Do not leave in intermittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Wipers will operate in presence of water spray at windshield and See page 345 for instructions on filling the wipers may be damaged as a result windshield washer reservoir Push switch past resistance point Windshield washer system windshield wipers II Normal wiper speed 7 Windshield wipers III Fast wiper speed If the vehicle is standing still the wiper will switch back to setting I intermittent wiping Combination switch 163 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Combination switch Blocked windshield wipers If the windshield wipers become blocked for example due to snow switch off the wipers For safety reasons before removing ice or snow remove electronic key from starter switch Remove blockage Activate combination switch again electronic key in starter switch position 1 Emergency operation of windshield wipers In case of windshield wiper malfunction in switch positions I or III turn combination switch to wiper setting II Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible cluster display Practical hints 164 Car care Windshield wipe
199. formation Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Instruments and controls Premium unleaded gasoline Caution To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded is not available and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions e have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible e avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage e do not exceed of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Use only Premium unleaded meeting ASTM standard D 439 The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R octane number and the Motor M octane number R M 2 This is also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as Ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE not to exceed 15 The ratio of Methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of Ethanol and Methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 Ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet a
200. ge 258 or 14 Glove box lid release see page 197 Distronic DTR switch see page 261 Instruments and controls 23 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Driving Practical hints and controls Instruments Operation Driving and controls Instruments and controls Center console aral E 44a qaaa Instrument cluster display P68 20 2314 27 24 Practical hints Car care ESP Electronic Stability Program control switch see page 280 ADS Adaptive Damping System adjustment switch see page 289 Level control switch for vehicles with ABC Active Body Control see page 286 Level control switch for vehicles with Airmatic see page 285 ABC Active Body Control control switch see page 284 Switch for rear seat head restraints see page 76 Switch for rear seat head restraints automatic see page 77 5 Hazard warning flasher switch see page 165 6 Central locking switch see page 48 Indicator lamp for antitheft alarm system see page 60 Antitheft Alarm System see page 60 Switch for Tow Away alarm see page 61 Parking assist Parktronic system deactivation switch optional see page 291 Switch for rear window sunshade see page 193 10 COMAND system see separate operating 14 Lower storage space see page 198 eee 15 Automatic transmission see page 237 16 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp see page 308 17 Distronic DTR switch for distance warning function see page
201. ge 56 Overhead control panel Instruments and controls Instruments and controls Operation Driving P82 00 0652 27 21 A Q N m Ol Interior lighting see page 190 Sliding pop up roof see page 187 Tele Aid emergency call system see page 218 Hands free microphone for Tele Aid telephone and voice recognition system Rear view mirror see page 103 Garage door opener see page 210 Instruments Operation and controls p Instruments and controls Dashboard Instrument j Practical hints cluster display Driving 22 t310 60 1m 400 a Ffa 120 140 Ey 00 160 _ O nol 8907 S aoN120 am 7 3 jr 4 60 7 200 ey 40 I 0149 8 20 iz KKK XK KX XX JLH P68 10 2556 29 1 Parking brake pedal see page 246 9 Multifunction steering wheel see page 118 2 Hood lock release see page 339 Horn with electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 3 Parking brake release see page 246 Airbag see page 91 4 Exterior lamp switch see page 158 10 Instrument cluster see page 112 5 Easy entry exit feature see page 63 11 Voice recognition system switch see separate Steering wheel adjustment see page 102 operating instructions 6 Headlamp washer button see page 161 12 Starter switch see page 230 7 Combination switch see page 162 13 Glove box lock see page 197 8 Cruise control switch see pa
202. h 8 in the respective Press rocker switch to position 4 or 5 lamp Interior equipment 191 His LEH Operation Driving Lins mne Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments Operation Driving Pastrami and controls cluster display Interior equipment Courtesy lighting The interior of your vehicle is equipped with various different lighting installations to help you to orient yourself better in the dark Entrance lamps exit lamps With exterior lamps on or electronic key in starter switch position 1 the lamps in the door trays illuminate The lights will remain on for approximately 5 minutes if the electronic key is in starter switch position 0 and exterior lamps are switched off Practical hints Car care 192 Footwell lighting With parking lamps on the footwell is illuminated Center console lighting Turn the electronic key in the starter switch to position 1 The center console is illuminated from the inside rear view mirror Door entry lamps The appropriate entry lamp switches on if a door is opened in darkness and if the interior lighting is switched to automatic function The entry lamp switches off automatically when the door is closed Rear window sunshade optional Always raise the sunshade fully for its support against the window frame Warning When operating the rear window sunshade be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the raising or lowering
203. he driver s side of the instrument panel At the same time a handle will extend out of the radiator grill e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the engine is turned manually P88 40 0391 26 P88 40 0390 26 Pull handle 2 to its stop out of radiator grill and open To close hood do not pull up on the handle Lower the hood and let it drop into lock from a height of approximately 1 ft 30 cm assisting with hands placed Note flat on edges of hood 3 To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood open To avoid hood damage please make sure that hood is the hood only with the wipers in the parked position fully closed If not repeat closing procedure Do not push down on hood to attempt to fully close it Engine compartment 341 Instruments Operation Driving lasttument and controls cluster display Practical hints Instruments Instrument Operation Driving and controls cluster display Engine compartment Checking engine oil level SS AAw S A SS LAA SS GA S GA SS GA SS CAA SS GAA UY P18 40 0287 26 S 500 1 Dipstick Model S 600 The dipstick is omitted Engine oil level can be checked via the engine oil level indicator see page 156 2 Oil filler cap Practical hints 342 eB i VA mang S 600 Model S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG To check the engine oil level park vehicle on level ground with engine at normal operational tem
204. he inside and outside rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rearward vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts should be done before the vehicle is put into motion Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured
205. he sliding pop up roof can also be opened and closed using the summer opening convenience feature see page 43 or pressing button or KEJ in the control panel of the automatic climate control see page 174 and 175 To avoid damaging the seals do not transport any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the Sliding pop up roof The sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed manually should an electrical malfunction occur see page 377 Synchronizing the sliding pop up roof The sliding pop up roof must be resynchronized if the power supply has been interrupted battery disconnected or low the sliding pop up roof has been closed manually or the sliding pop up roof does not open smoothly or malfunctions e Press the switch in the raise 3 direction wait until the sliding pop up roof is fully raised at rear and hold the switch for approximately 1 second Instruments and controls Operation Driving Interior equipment Interior lighting 1 Left front reading lamp Press the button to switch the reading lamp on or off The left reading lamp 7 in the interior rear view mirror will be switched on or off 2 Rear interior lights Press the button to switch the rear passenger compartment lights on off Instrument cluster display Practical hints 190 3 Right front reading lamp Press the button to switch the reading lamp on or off The right reading lamp 8 in the rear view
206. heels cscceseeee 351 Tire inflation pressure 356 BAET y ranon aaa 397 JUDD Starline sarsana 359 Towing the vehicle ccc0 361 Exterior lamps scseccsssresecsesseess 364 Headlamp assembly 365 Taillamp assemblies 368 335 Instrument cluster display Practical hints Changing batteries in the electronic key Synchronizing remote control Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card Emergency engine shut down Fuel filler flap manual release Emergency operation of Sliding pop Up roof eee Replacing wiper blades Roof rack Car care Practical hints Car care Instruments et Instrument Operation Drivin and controls s cluster display First aid kit 336 First aid kit P91 00 2062 26 The first aid kit is located in the storage space under the front passenger seat To open Press buttons 2 together and fold the lid 1 down Remove the first aid kit To close Fold the lid 1 up until it engages Stowing things in the vehicle Warning To help avoid personal injury during a collision or sudden maneuver exercise care when stowing things Put luggage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the shelf below the rear window Fuses Fuse boxes in the engine compartment Most of your vehicle s electrical components are fused
207. hild seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning USE CHILD RESTRAINTS PROPERLY Children too big for child restraint systems must ride in back seats using regular seat belts Position Children 12 years old and under must never ride in shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve authorized BabySmart compatible child seat proper belt positioning which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Restraint systems 87 Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Operation Drivin 2 cluster display data Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Restraint systems BabySmart airbag deactivation system Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center are required for use with the BabySmart airbag deactivation system With the special child seat properly instal
208. if the vehicle is previously unlocked in the global remote control mode Lins Sino ens Operation Driving ins Ire Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 50 Automatic central locking Important When towing the vehicle or with the vehicle on a dynamometer test stand please note the following With the automatic central locking activated and the electronic key in starter switch position 2 vehicles with KEYLESS GO operation position see page 236 the vehicle doors will lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel spin at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more Emergency unlocking in case of accident The doors unlock automatically a short time after an accident in which an airbag or emergency tensioning retractor deploys this is intended to aid rescue and exit Trunk When the trunk is separately locked it remains locked when centrally unlocking the vehicle To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the electronic key less its mechanical key with the vehicle Notes In case of a malfunction in the central locking system the trunk can be unlocked individually To unlock and open the trunk lid turn mechanical key to position 1 hold and push to open P54 25 2404 26 The mechanical key does not operate the central locking system or antitheft alarm system 0 Neutral position pu
209. ime wheels or tires are replaced or new wheels are installed Possible differences between readings of a tire pressure on the vehicle gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the Tire inflation pressure should be checked and corrected vehicle s multifunction display can occur The vehicle s according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap multifunction display of the tire inflation pressure For a detailed description refer to page 356 monitor is a more precise reading Tire inflation pressure monitor 153 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation Tire inflation pressure monitor 80 60 a m u 100 F oo _ 120 140 N S sor 1 N 200 60 m a Vi AO 120 x1q z20 140 201 1240 CHECK CURRENT TIRE PRESSURE 7 hoo 260 1AN P54 30 4487 26 E Press or button on the multifunction steering wheel until the display for trip and main odometer appears see page 122 Press the EAN or eg button repeatedly until the tire inflation pressure monitor appears 2 mph0O km h Press and hold button on the instrument cluster until the message CHECK CURRENT TIRE PRESSURE appears Release button cluster display Practical hints 154 Technical Car care data Press button YES on the multifunction steering wheel to activate th
210. indicator lamps 302 Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster General information If a bulb in the instrument cluster fails to light up during the bulb self check when turning the electronic key in steering lock to position 2 have it checked and replaced if necessary Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by authorized Mercedes Benz Center qualified technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Service Booklet Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and lead to death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open On board diagnostic system Check engine malfunction indicator lamp wey
211. ine running See Distronic DTR system on page 332 for possible malfunction messages Note The distance warning lamp is without warning function on vehicles without Distronic DTR Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Malfunction and indicator lamps Seat belt nonusage warning lamp With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the seat belt nonusage warning lamp comes on and a warning sounds fora short time if the driver s seat belt is not fastened After starting the engine the seat belt nonusage warning lamp blinks for a brief period to remind the driver and passengers to fasten seat belts Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp The indicator lamp will light up for approximately 6 seconds when you turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 It does not light up if there is a fault in the system The indicator lamp stays lit as long as a BabySmart child seat is properly installed on the front passenger seat It indicates that the front passenger airbag is switched off See page 88 for BabySmart airbag and its deactivation system cluster display 308 Practical hints Technical Car care data Warning The BabySmart airbag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible
212. ing Instrument Operation Exterior lamp switch Daytime running lamp mode Turn exterior lamp switch to position WJ or Bag When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are automatically switched on In low ambient light conditions the parking lamps will also switch on e Canada only When shifting from a driving position to position N or P the low beam switches off 3 minutes delay For nighttime driving the exterior lamp switch should be turned to position to permit activation of the high beam headlamps e USA only The high beam headlamps can also be activated when driving with the daytime running lamp mode activated and exterior lamp switch in position W To activate the daytime running lamp mode see the individual setting menu LIGHTING LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP on page 142 Note See page 158 for notes on the exterior lamp switch cluster display Practical hints 160 Car care Night security illumination Turn exterior lamp switch to position Eig At low ambient light conditions and with the engine having been turned off the exterior lamps fog lamps and parking lamps switch on for added illumination After the last door has been closed the lamp on time period commences To activate the function see the individual setting menu LIGHTING HEADLAMPS DELAYED SHUT OFF on page 142 The lamp on time period for night security illumination can be set at several di
213. ing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in trunk in spare wheel Screw towing eye bolt in to its trunk in spare wheel Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover To reinstall cover Fit cover and snap into place Fit cover and snap into place We recommend that the vehicle be transported using flat bed equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing Important To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts The vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground and the selector lever in position N for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h The electronic key must be in starter switch position 2 To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the transmission however we recommend the drive shaft be disconnected at the rear axle drive flange for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports Use wheel lift dolly or flat bed equipment with electronic key in starter switch turned to position 0 Towing the vehicle Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display 363 Practical hints Warni
214. ints Car care Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Vehicles with KEYLESS GO See page 42 on how to use the electronic key together with the KEYLESS GO card Important In the case of the loss of a KEYLESS GO card electronic keys or mechanical keys please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada as soon as possible to have the keys or KEYLESS GO card deactivated Electronic key When using the mechanical key 2 for lock operations it can be removed by sliding it out of the remote control To do so move locking tab 3 to the right and slide the mechanical key 2 in direction of arrow 4 The remote control transmitter is located in the electronic key The infrared receivers are located in the front door handles Note P Remove the mechanical key from the electronic key 2X when using valet parking service To prevent access to A 4 Se ay eee trunk or storage compartments lock them separately and retain the mechanical key The electronic key has an integrated radio frequency See page 51 for separate locking of trunk and page 197 and infrared remote control plus removable mechanical for locking of g
215. ion Driving cluster display Therefore we strongly recommend that you have the battery charge checked frequently and corrected if necessary especially if you use the vehicle less than approximately 200 miles 300 km per month mostly for short distance trips or if it is not used for long periods of time Only charge a battery with a battery charger after the battery has been disconnected from the vehicle s electrical circuit Always disconnect the battery negative lead first and connect last When removing and connecting the battery always make sure that all electrical consumers are off and the electronic key is in starter switch position 0 The battery its filler caps the vent tube and the opposite plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation While the engine is running the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached otherwise the generator and other electronic components would be damaged Practical hints 358 Technical Car care data Note The gear selector lever will remain locked in position P and the electronic key cannot be turned in the starter switch if the vehicle battery disconnected or discharged After reconnecting the battery also set the clock see COMAND operator s manual resynchronize the front seat head restraints the express feature of the power windows the sliding pop up roof and the electronic stability program see head restrai
216. ion Driving Practical hints Car care Instruments Instrument Operation Driving and controls cluster display Spare wheel Spare wheel vehicle tools storage compartment P40 10 0523 26 1 Jack 2 Luggage bowl with vehicle tool kit towing eye bolt fuses fuse extractor and fuse chart 3 Storage tray 4 Spare wheel Practical hints Car care 346 Lift trunk floor and engage handle in upper edge of trunk Always lower trunk floor before closing trunk lid To remove the spare wheel Take out the vehicle tool kit tray Turn the luggage bowl counterclockwise and remove the spare wheel To store spare wheel Place spare wheel in wheel well and secure it with luggage bowl Turn luggage bowl clockwise to its stop Place vehicle tool kit tray in luggage bowl Vehicle jack J S To prepare the jack for use P58 10 2001 26 Remove the jack from the spare wheel well under the trunk floor push the crank handle up and turn clockwise until it engages operational position Storing the jack in the trunk Retract the jack arm to the base of the jack push the crank handle up and turn counterclockwise to the end of the stop storage position Warning The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into either side of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it
217. ion setting maximum Press button 1 Three blue indicator lamps above the button light up Seats 75 Lins e Operation Driving nis ORELIer Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Instruments Instrument Operation Driving i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Seats 76 Rear seat head restraints Placing head restraints upright Pull the head restraint forward until it locks into position Angle of head restraints The head restraint angle can be adjusted manually Important For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of P54 25 0425 26 the head restraints The switch is located on the center console Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Folding head restraints back Press the symbol side on the rocker switch to release the head restraints The head restraints will fold backward for increased visibility Power head restraints rear Important For safety reasons always drive with the rear head restraints in the upright position when the rear seats are occupied Keep the area around head restraints clear of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints Notes The two outer head restraints fold up or back together The cent
218. irmatic system adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed This increases vehicle safety and reduces fuel consumption At speeds exceeding approximately 70 mph 110 km h the vehicle ride height is reduced to approximately one half inch 15 mm below the normal level The vehicle is returned to the normal ride height setting once the speed falls below approximately 35 mph 60 km h Normal level The system is set to normal level when the indicator lamp 3 is not illuminated When the raised level ride height returns to the normal level ride height the indicator lamp 3 goes out P32 31 2011 26 The switch for the ride height adjustment is located on the center console Press the switch when the engine is running To select the raised level mode press the upper half of the switch 1 The indicator lamp 3 comes on Raised level 1 Raised level Use the raised level setting for rough sections of the 2 Normal level road for example The vehicle is raised by approximately inch 20 mm 3 Indicator lamp The indicator lamp 3 lights up Driving systems 285 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care a ern fe Operation Driving ae Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 286 The message AIR SPRING VEHICLE RISING appears Level control system for vehicles with in the multifunction display The display switch
219. ission has a permanent fill of automatic transmission fluid Regular automatic transmission fluid level checks and changes are not required For this reason the dipstick is omitted If you notice fluid leaks or gear shifting malfunctions have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission fluid level Active body control ABC fluid level Regular fluid level check is not required If you notice fluid leaks or malfunctions have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the ABC system Car care Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints Car care and controls s 2 cluster display Engine compartment 344 Coolant level Adding coolant If coolant has to be added a 50 50 mixture of water and MB anticorrosion antifreeze should be added Warning e In order to avoid possibly serious burns Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant P82 35 2001 26 reservoir if engine temperature is above 194 F 90 C Allow engine to cool down before 1 Coolant expansion tank removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure To check the coolant level the vehicle must be parked Using a rag slowly open cap approximately 1 2 on level ground and the engine stopped turn to relieve
220. ither of these steps will result in a system that is not activated If the system is not activated the indicator lamp in the SOS button stays on after turning electronic key in starter switch to position 2 vehicles with KEYLESS GO operating position see page 232 and the message TELE AID NOT ACTIVATED will be shown in the multifunction display for approx 10 seconds If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and manual emergency roadside assistance and information The Tele Aid system is operational providing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Technical Car care data The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction steering wheel for raising press button and for lowering press button Sj To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button XI depending on the type of response required Shortly after the completion of your Acquaintance Call you will receive a user ID and password via first call mail By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote d
221. ition 0 Note For safety reasons remove electronic key from starter switch before cleaning the wiper blades By 2069 26 otherwise the wiper motor can suddenly turn on and cause injury e Turn combination switch to position 0 see page 163 Clean the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and detergent solution 387 Instrument j Practical hints Car care cluster display Driving Instruments Instrument Operation and controls P Driving Cleaning and care of the vehicle Window cleaning Use a window cleaning solution on all glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recommended Note For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove electronic key from starter switch before cleaning the windshield otherwise the wiper motor can suddenly turn on and cause injury Light alloy wheels Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleaning of the light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week with Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care using a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water Follow instructions on container Note Use only acid free cleaning materials The acid could lead to corrosion Practical hints cluster display Car care Instrument cluster Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moistened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Steering wheel and gear
222. ividual setting display SETTINGS 2 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset 145 Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 146 VEHICLE audio and central locking system WOULD VOU LIKE SETTINGS SETTI HGS INST CLUSTER FOR VEHICLE LIGHTIHG VEHICLE saan TO_ COMF IRM PRESS RESET tK BUTTOH VEH I CLE 1 SETT I HGS STATION SEARCH SETTINGS USING RESET To FACTORY FREQUENCY a SETTINGS MEMORY RESET WITH Ra BUTTON AUTOMAT IC DOOR LOCK P54 30 4486 29 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings Press button or E until the menu VEHICLE is 2 SETTINGS the menu VEHICLE can be called A Eye eo cedure up in this option menu Press the EAN or Ke button until the required display 4 or 5 is displayed Pressing the or E button controls the selection marker The settings made are stored and applied immediately 3 Selection marker Pressing button or E on the multifunction steering wheel controls the selection marker a E The individual setting preliminary display 1 will 4 Gere a ee cy h appear again after you have run through all the setting rado Aen use the Za menus Pressing the or button displays the or
223. k pull inside door handles or turn mechanical key in driver s door lock to position 2 Rear doors can only be opened from inside by first pulling up the door lock button When unlocking the driver s door with the mechanical key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound To cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button or on the electronic key Central locking system 47 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Lins Sino ens Operation Driving ins Sire Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 48 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid Central locking switch optional on model S 430 for Canada The doors and the trunk lid close automatically if e the doors are positioned against the lock e the trunk lid is lowered against the lock Itis not necessary to slam the door or trunk lid closed a pneumatic power assisted mechanism draws doors and trunk lid closed quietly and automatically once the lid or door has been latched When the pneumatic power assisted mechanism has stopped doors and or trunk can be reopened P82 50 0757 26 Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep 1 Locking hands and fingers away from the door or trunk 2 Unlocking opening when closing a door or the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around The ce
224. key takes over The vehicle operates according to the electronic key position in the starter switch see page 230 eventually even stopping the engine Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card with you and lock your vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Opening and closing windows and sliding pop up roof from outside summer opening convenience feature Aim transmitter eye of remote control at a door receiver Summer opening Operation with electronic key The sliding pop up roof and all side windows can be opened and the driver s seat ventilation automatically switches on See page 74 for seat ventilation Continue to press transmit button after unlocking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to open after approximately 1 second The driver s seat ventilation automatically switches on See page 74 for seat ventilation To interrupt opening procedure release transmit button Central locking system Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 43 Convenience feature Operation with electronic key The sliding pop up roof and the side windows can be closed Continue to press transmit button after locking the vehicle The windows and sliding pop up roof begin to close after approximately 1 second To interrupt closing pr
225. king system requiring a special key manufacturing process For security reasons replacement keys can only be obtained from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Start lock out Note In case the engine cannot be started vehicle s battery is in order the system is not operational Contact an Operating with electronic key authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Important Removing the electronic key from the starter switch activates the start lock out The engine cannot be started Inserting the electronic key in the starter switch deactivates the start lock out Operating with KEYLESS GO Turning off the engine with the start stop button on the gear selector lever activates the start lock out For turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see page 236 Starting the engine with the start stop button deactivates the start lock out if a valid KEYLESS GO card is recognized inside the vehicle For starting the engine with KEYLESS GO see page 236 The engine cannot be started with a KEYLESS GO card outside the vehicle Central locking system 31 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints HSRC IS Operation Driving lastrument Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 32 General notes on the central locking system Note If the electronic key is inserted in the starter s
226. l 21 Dashboard ararsan 22 Center console 0 cccccccccccereosoes 24 Operation Vehicle KEYS oarak en 28 SCALE LOCKOUT enoar 31 General notes on the central locking system 32 Central locking system 33 Radio frequency and infrared remote control 33 REY GESS GO oaea oa 36 Opening and closing windows and sliding pop up roof from outside 00scssecccvsseecesreess 43 Panic DURON aiea 45 Mechanical keys ou eeeeeeeeee 45 DOORS aanne a tie eas rietessic alts 46 Power closing assist for doors and trunk lid 48 Central locking switch 48 Automatic central locking 50 Emergency unlocking in case of accident sessesesesseeesese 50 TUUR ara cunaesen onto 51 PUNK laee 54 Trunk lid release switch 55 Trunk lid release close switch 56 Trunk lid emergency release 59 Antitheft alarm system 60 Tow away alarm cceceeeseceseeceseeeeees 61 Easy entry exit feature 0 63 Front seat adjustment 64 Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 68 Lumbar support ccc eeeeeseeteeees 69 Multicontour backrest 0 DEAL Deale as ccnicssucnciurentiniicanseenens Seat ventilation system Rear seat head restraints Power head restraints rear Powe
227. l would apply force at the abdomen or neck That Automatic comfort fit seat belt could cause serious or even fatal injuries The An automatic comfort fit feature for all seat belt is backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in an upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body activated when the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or 2 The retraction force of the inertia reel is reduced increasing the level of seat belt comfort Note For cleaning and care of the seat belts see page 389 Warning Warning Failure to wear and properly fasten and position Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there your seat belt greatly increases your risk of are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in injuries and their likely severity in an accident the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate You and your passengers should always wear seat seat belt belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt Restraint systems 83 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Dri
228. l back the trim inside the trunk on the right hand side Pull the release knob arrow and open the fuel filler flap Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof P68 00 0759 26 P68 00 2005 26 The sliding pop up roof can be opened or closed Obtain crank 2 supplied with vehicle and insert manually should an electrical malfunction occur through hole The sliding pop up roof drive is located behind the lens To slide roof closed or to raise the roof at the rear of the left interior overhead light turn crank clockwise Pry off the interior light lens 1 using a screwdriver To slide the roof open or to lower the roof at the rear turn crank counterclockwise See page 189 for instructions on synchronizing the sliding pop up roof after closing manually Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof 377 Instruments Operation Driving 3 Practical hints and controls cluster di Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints Car care and controls i 2 cluster display Replacing wiper blades 378 Replacing wiper blades e Turn electronic key in starter switch to position 1 e Turn combination switch to position I see page 162 e With wiper arms in position shown above turn electronic key in starter switch to position 0 For safety reasons remove electronic key from starter switch before replacing a wiper blade otherwise the motor can suddenly turn on and cause injury Notes Do not open engine hood
229. lay Practical hints 188 Technical Car care data Warning When closing the sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If the automatic closing operation of the sliding pop up roof is blocked while attempting to lower the roof the roof cannot be re opened automatically In this case the roof must be opened manually When closing the sliding pop up roof with the convenience feature and the closing procedure is blocked the sliding pop up roof will not open automatically The closing procedure of the sliding pop up roof can be immediately reversed by either moving the switch in any direction or pressing button on the electronic key and holding it or vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card pull and hold a door handle When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause serious personal injury With the roof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the roof opening to guard against sun rays When sliding the roof open the screen will also retract Interior equipment Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument j Practical hints cluster display Notes T
230. le in proper operating condition by following our recommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Service Booklet Caution To prevent damage to the catalytic converters use only premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat which could start a fire Practical hints Car care cluster display 228 Warning As with any vehicle do not idle park or operate this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized technicians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Service Booklet Emission control Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving cluster display Warning
231. led the passenger front airbag will not deploy The indicator lamp located on the center console will be illuminated except with electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 The system does not deactivate the door mounted side impact airbag Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 the indicator lamp located on the center console comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then extinguishes If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat See page 308 for notes on the indicator lamp cluster display 88 Practical hints Technical Car care data Warning The BabySmart airbag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation system The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats The passenger fron
232. led in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Restraint systems 81 Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Drivi wee cluster display data Operation Instruments Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Restraint systems 82 Warning Seat belt nonusage warning system Never ride in a moving vehicle with the backrest With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 a reclined Sitting in an excessively reclined position warning sounds for a short time if the driver s seat belt can be dangerous You could slide under the seat is not fastened belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt
233. leration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect We therefore recommend depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads This can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal A prerequisite is however that this be done without endangering other drivers on the road i Practical hints cluster display 254 Car care If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed while observing the safety rules in the previous paragraph Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind Winter driving e Tires We recommend M S rated radial ply tires on all four wheels for the winter season Observe permissible maximum s
234. lerator Practical hints Car care 264 Technical data Speed is set by briefly moving the control lever to position 1 or 2 The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds see also page 275 and one or two segments around the stored speed light up on the speedometer dial see also page 276 Remove foot from the accelerator When briefly lifting the control lever to position 1 the vehicle speed will increase in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds see also page 275 and one or two segments around the stored speed light up on the speedometer dial see also page 276 When briefly lowering the control lever to position 2 the vehicle speed will decrease in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds see also page 275 and one or two segments around the stored speed light up on the speedometer dial see also page 276 e For amore precise setting the speed can be increased in increments of 1 mph Canada 1 km h by briefly pulling the control lever in direction 4 Caution If the driver s foot is not fully removed from the accelerator pedal the message DISTRONIC OVERRIDE is displayed while the Distronic control system is being overridden and it will not regulate the preset vehicle speed and f
235. les without rear air conditioner To open Turn the wheel to the left Automatic climate control 179 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints and controls cluster display Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Automatic climate control Rear passenger compartment climate control optional standard on model S 600 1 On off Residual engine heat utilization see page 176 2 Display Depending on the ambient light conditions the figures on the display will be shown as dark figures on a bright background in daylight or as bright figures on a dark background at night i Practical hints cluster display 3 Air distribution up down 4 Temperature control right 5 Air volume automatic manual 6 Temperature control left 7 Adjustable rear center air outlet left 8 Adjustable rear center air outlet right Note The rear air conditioner will not cool the air if the AC button on the automatic air conditioner is pressed The temperature on both sides is automatically set to the settings of the automatic air conditioner if the rear seats are not occupied rear seat belts unbuckled Automatic maximum cooling MAXCOOL Automatic climate control rear basic setting HAXCOOL F goauto F P83 40 2289 21 P83 40 2121 21 With the rear automatic climate control set to automatic We recommend that automatic mode be selected and the system will automatically switch
236. lic power closing assist mechanism releases the trunk lid which then drops into the lock by its own weight Now the trunk lid will stop but not reverse slightly Investigate and correct the cause of interruption Now press trunk lid opening closing switch again to Close the trunk lid In case of a malfunction the trunk lid can be opened and closed manually To open unlock trunk lid with the mechanical key and open lid by hand see page 51 To close lower trunk lid with hands placed flat on trunk lid Please remember to keep your fingers out of the space between the lid and the vehicle Central locking system Instruments Instrument 57 The trunk can also be opened by using the remote control Press button The trunk lid cannot be opened by the switch or the remote control when previously locked separately with the mechanical key To open see page 51 The trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid opening closing switch when the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch To unlock vehicle with the central locking switch see page 48 Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of rear shelf or inside the trunk Driving Practical hints Car care Operation and controls cluster display CS ERIKS Operation Driving e EAU Practical hints and controls cluster display Central lo
237. limate control Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 175 Practical hints cluster display The activated charcoal filter should be switched off when windows fog up on the inside or if the passenger compartment needs to be quickly heated or cooled down Switching on the activated charcoal filter and activating convenience Closing of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the EJ button is not illuminated Press button EJ for more than 2 seconds the side windows and the sliding pop up roof will be closed The indicator lamp in the button illuminates Switching off activated charcoal filter and activating convenience opening of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the J button is illuminated Press button EJ for more than 2 seconds the side windows and the sliding pop up roof return to the position they were in before closing The indicator lamp in the button goes out Technical Car care data Instruments Instrument Operation Driving i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Automatic climate control 176 Economy mode Residual engine heat utilization The function of this setting corresponds to the automatic mode However because the air conditioning Eae SER compressor will not engage fuel savings it is not 7 J _ ae possible to air condition in this setting E LY F T E aa Press AC button to activate The i
238. ll other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc 405 Instrument Technical Car care cluster display Operation Driving Practical hints data Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufacturers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends the use of only quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e warm up hesitation e unstable idle e knocking pinging e misfire e power loss Do not blend other specific fuel additives with fuel They only result in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunctions resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending specific fuel additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints Technical Car care data Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e corrosion protection e freeze protection e boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant pro
239. locked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury To operate the front power seat adjustment switches turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 with a front door open the respective power seats can also be operated with the electronic key removed or in starter switch position 0 Note Do not move the front passenger seat completely forward if objects are stored in the parcel net in the front passenger side footwell Items in the net may be damaged 2 Seat up down Press the switch up down direction until comfortable seating position with still sufficient headroom is reached 3 Seat cushion tilt Press the switch in the direction of the arrow until your legs are lightly supported P54 00 2236 26 The switches are located in each front door 4 Backrest tilt Press the switch in the direction of the arrow until We recommend to adjust the power seat in the following your arms are Slightly angled when holding the graer steering wheel 1 Seat adjustment fore aft 5 Seat cushion depth Press the switch fore aft direction until a Press the switch fore or aft until your legs are comfortable seating position is reached that still supported comfortably allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far rearward as possible consistent with ability to properly operate controls Seats 65 Instrument cluster display Instrument
240. loss have the cooling system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Notes Do not drive without coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Monitor the coolant temperature gauge while driving see page 115 See page 344 for instructions on topping up the coolant Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned COOLANT coolant temperature COOLAHT maa Maaa STOP ENGINE OFF P54 30 2141 21 Line 1 Line 2 COOLANT STOP ENGINE OFF COOLANT VISIT WORKSHOP C Category see page 309 1 This may indicate that the poly V belt has broken Should this condition occur the poly V belt must be replaced before continuing to operate the vehicle Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 2 The cooling fan for the coolant is faulty Observe the coolant temperature gauge See page 115 Malfunction and warning messages Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Practical hints cluster display During severe operating conditions and stop and go cit
241. love box key The remote control 1 operates all locks on the vehicle The mechanical key 2 works only in the driver s door trunk and glove box lock Central locking system 29 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Lins Sino ens Operation Driving stuen Practical hints Car care Lecea and controls cluster display data Central locking system 30 KEYLESS GO card The validity of the KEYLESS GO card is checked every time when grasping a door handle or pushing the trunk lid release Once the KEYLESS GO card is recognized outside the vehicle the doors trunk lid and fuel filler flap are unlocked depending on the selected mode global or selective unlocking mode see page 41 Starter switch KEYLESS GO see page 230 Starting and turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see page 236 and page 236 Note In the case of a malfunction in the KEYLESS GO system we recommend that you carry the electronic key plus mechanical key with you and keep them in a safe place The KEYLESS GO card 1 does not have a removable so that they are always handy Never leave the electronic mechanical key key or a KEYLESS GO card in the vehicle P80 30 2029 26 The functions of the KEYLESS GO card 1 are identical Obtaining replacement keys to those of the electronic key Carrying the card with ae you permits the use of the vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a theft deterrent loc
242. m ere nencrer nt 289 Parking assist Parktronic 291 What you should know at the gas station cece 296 Check regularly and before a long trip uu 299 Contents Instrument cluster display Malfunction and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster e 302 On board diagnostic SV SUC Ml aeaa 302 Check engine malfunction indicator lamp eeeeeeeteeees 302 Brake warning lamp 304 Supplemental restraint system SRS indicator lamp 0 305 Fuel reserve warning 305 ABS malfunction indicator laMD D e 306 Electronic stability program ESP warning lamp 307 Distronic DTR warning lamp cseceesreeeeeeeees 307 Seat belt nonusage warning lamp eeeseseesseeessesssssese 308 Malfunction and indicator lamp in the center console AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 308 Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display 309 DISPLAY DEFECTIVE 310 BATTERY ALTERNATOR 311 ENTRANCE POSITION 312 BRAKEASSIS ana 312 BRAKE LINING WEAR 313 BRAKE FLUI sejcchtaductedvedeui ces 313 PARKING BRAKE ceseesceeees 314 TRUNK OPE Nosis asa 314 ELEC STABIL PROG Electronic stability Prob Tam ee 315 COOLANT coolant level 0 eeeeeeeseeeees 316 COOLANT coolant temperature 317 LIGHTING SYSTEM eee 318 LI
243. mirror will be switched on or off To switch off automatic function Press the rocker switch The interior lighting remains switched off even when centrally unlocking or opening a door or the electronic key is removed from the starter switch To select automatic function Press the rocker switch to the center position Interior lamps are switched on in darkness when unlocking the vehicle opening a door or removing the electronic key from starter switch Interior lamps are switched off soft fade delayed when locking the vehicle closing the doors or inserting the electronic key in starter switch However there will be no delay when the electronic key is in starter switch position 2 Note Rear reading lamp The time delay for the interior light to switch off after the electronic key is removed from the starter switch can be adjusted in the individual setting menu LIGHTING INTERIOR LAMP DELAYED SHUT OFF See page 142 To prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged with doors open all interior lamps switch off after approximately 5 minutes when the electronic key is removed or in starter switch position 0 6 Interior lamps front Press rocker switch in to switch front interior and reading lamps on The front interior lighting stays on while the rocker switch is pressed in 7 The rear reading lamps 9 are switched on and off Switching off the front interior lighting individually with a switc
244. mote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message EMERGENCY CALL CALL CONNECTED will appear in the multifunction display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the trunk button was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pressing the trunk button again Tele Aid Instruments and controls Stolen vehicle tracking services In the event your vehicle was stolen report the incident to the police who will issue a numbered incident report Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local Law Enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to Law Enforcement Info Services optional except Canada Info Services categories include news sports stocks weather and calendar reminders Choices can be selected via www mbusa com or by calling 1 800 FOR MERcedes To request Info Services press the SVC button on the COMAND system then select SEND NEW REQUEST FOR INFO SERVICE NEW INFO SERVICE REQUEST TRANSMITTED
245. n the automatic air conditioner display SPEEDOMETER the unit set is displayed in the multifunction display TEXT sets the language used in the multifunction display Returning the setting menu INST CLUSTER to the factory setting 8 For setting clock see separate COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until the individual setting preliminary display 1 appears Press the EAN or gg button until the setting menu SETTINGS 2 is displayed Acknowledgment Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation 141 Practical hints cluster display Press button or EJ until the menu INST CLUSTER is selected by the selection marker 3 Press the EAN or eg button until the required display 4 to 6 is displayed Pressing the or E button controls the selection marker The settings made are stored and applied immediately The individual setting preliminary display 1 will appear again after you have run through all the setting menus Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system To return menu INST CLUSTER 4 to 6 to its factory setting e Call up menu 4 to 6 e Press the button in the instrument cluster for approximately 3 seconds Display 7 will appear e Press the button once more The menu INST CLUSTER is reset to factory settings acknowledged by displa
246. nd go or moderate constant driving and amount of temperature change Note The unit for the temperature indicator display can be set in the individual setting menu INST CLUSTER TEMP INDICATOR on page 140 Technical Car care data Lis ane Operation Driving UNS DREDGE Practical hints and controls cluster display Instrument cluster 116 Speedometer 9 Note When the cruise control is activated the segments on The speed display is set to read out for the speedometer scale between the set speed to the top g of the scale are illuminated Cruise control see py apn page 258 e Canada in km h When the Distronic DTR is activated one or two The unit for the speed display can be set in the segments around the speed stored in memory light up individual setting menu INST CLUSTER in the speedometer dial Distronic DTR see page 261 SPEEDOMETER on page 140 Trip odometer 13 Tachometer 16 To reset to O miles km The red marking on the tachometer denotes excessive Activate the instrument cluster if it is not already nome DCS activated by pressing the button on the instrument Avoid this engine speed as it may result in serious cluster engine damage that is not covered by the Press the or button on the multifunction ME TCEORE pene any steering wheel repeatedly until the trip odometer To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted appears if it is not displayed See page 1
247. ndent of the engaged gear e after 10 seconds when shifting gear selector lever from R Reverse e by pressing driver s side mirror button F Rear view mirrors Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation cluster display To store passenger mirror parking position 1 The vehicle must be stationary Turn electronic key to starter switch position 1 or 2 2 Select passenger side mirror mJ and adjust the mirror to view the curb 3 Push the memory button M 4 4 Within 3 seconds push bottom of adjustment button 3 The mirror should not move Repeat the memory procedure if the mirror moves Note One stored parking position is available for each of the two electronic keys or for both KEYLESS GO cards vehicles with KEYLESS GO 105 Practical hints Car care Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Rear view mirrors Exterior rear view mirrors electrically folding i The buttons are located on the driver s door P88 70 2118 26 1 Push button briefly to fold both exterior rear view mirrors out 2 Push button briefly to fold both exterior rear view mirrors in i Practical hints cluster display Important If an exterior rear view mirror housing is forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear it must be repositioned manually by applying firm pressure until it snaps back into place If an exterior rear view mirror is for
248. ndicator lamp in the oo TE button illuminates m jans m fans Press AC button once again to return to the previous a nae setting The indicator lamp in the button goes out With the engine switched off it is possible to continue Important to heat or ventilate the interior for a short while In the AC mode the windows could fog up on the dependent of the temperature setting of the automatic made Switch ore AC mode climate control Air volume and distribution are controlled automatically To select Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 0 or remove it altogether Press button BEY The display shows REST This function selection will not activate if the battery level is insufficient The function switches off automatically Switching the automatic climate control on and off e if the electronic key in starter switch is turned to position 2 e after approximately 30 minutes if residual engine heat utilization is selected on the optional rear air conditioner after approximately 15 minutes e if the battery voltage drops P83 40 0489 21 Note The battery symbol will appear in the automatic To switch off climate control display some time before the residual Press button W The display shows 0 engine heat utilization is switched off if the battery voltage drops The fresh air supply to the vehicle interior is shut off While driving use this setting only temporarily otherwise the
249. ne ore more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair and have given us a direct opportunity to perform a repair ourselves 2 the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us of the need for its repair and given us the opportunity to repair ourselves or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calender days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Service Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should b
250. neither door nor trunk is opened the electronic key is not inserted in the starter switch or the central locking switch is not activated the vehicle will automatically lock Note Locking the vehicle with the door lock button 1 is only possible if a KEYLESS GO card is outside the vehicle P80 00 2040 26 Locking Press lock button 1 at any door All turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked If they do not blink three times a door or trunk is not properly closed or the KEYLESS GO card is still in the vehicle Check the multifunction display see page 328 Central locking system 39 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Lins Sino ens Operation Driving Ln ERIE Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 40 Notes If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 51 The vehicle cannot be centrally unlocked via the trunk lid lock 2 To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a KEYLESS GO card is recognized in the area of the rear shelf or inside the trunk P54 25 2457 26 Unlocking Press trunk lid lock 2 to open trunk only Locking Press the trunk lid lock button 3 All turn signal lamps blink three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked If they do not blink three times a do
251. ng With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the braking and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Note To signal turns while being towed with hazard warning flasher in use turn electronic key in starter switch to position 2 and activate combination switch for left or right turn signal in usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warning flasher will operate again Caution If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised the engine must be shut off electronic key in starter switch position 0 or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes Switch off the tow away alarm see page 61 the automatic central locking see individual setting menu VEHICLE AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK see page 146 as well as the ESP see page 280 Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Exterior lamps Exterior lamps Headlamp adjustment Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Check and readjust headlamps at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Warning Bulbs and bulb holders can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if y
252. ng conditions and dry surfaces should have been addressed by the driver The distance warning function can be activated separately see page 272 It operates when driving at speeds above approx 25 mph Canada 40 km h When recognizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial lights up and simultaneously an intermittent warning sounds When pressing the service brake pedal the warning sound stops The warning sound also stops when the distance to the vehicle ahead is sufficient again without applying the service brake pedal In this case the distance warning lamp also extinguishes f Practical hints cluster display 272 Technical Car care data Important With Distronic switched off only the distance warning function operates meaning the vehicle does not slow down Distronic does not register oncoming vehicles Therefore there is no distance warning Warning If the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial lights up while driving and an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the service brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as that will result in an emergency braking application which especially depending on road surface
253. ng of rear door window operation If no operation of the rear door windows by switch for instance by children is desired slide override switch 3 to the right the Jj symbol becomes visible Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located in the driver s door is still possible Note The operation of the rear door lighters and the setting of the front passenger power seat from the rear is blocked See page 206 for lighter and page 80 for power seat setting passenger position from rear cluster display Practical hints 186 Car care Synchronizing power windows If the power supply was interrupted battery disconnected or low the windows cannot be opened or closed by the express feature To resynchronize the express feature press JAX side of power window switch until the window is completely closed and hold down for approximately 1 second Repeat procedure for each window The automatic full opening and closing procedure of the windows should now be restored Sliding pop up roof 1 to slide roof open 2 to slide roof closed 3 to raise roof at rear 4 to lower roof at rear Interior equipment Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 j Practical hints cluster display Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 To open close raise or lower the sliding pop up roof Move the switch to resistance point in the required direction Release the swi
254. ngaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the ESP is only achieved with Mercedes Benz recommended M S rated radial ply tires and or snow chains Synchronizing ESP If the power supply was interrupted battery disconnected or empty the ESP warning message may be displayed with the engine running Turn steering wheel completely to the left and then to the right The ESP warning message should go out Driving systems 281 Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Operation Practical hints Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Driving systems ESP control switch P42 45 0287 26 ESP control switch located on center console 1 Press to switch ESP off ESP warning lamp E located in speedometer dial comes on 2 Press to switch ESP on ESP warning lamp E located in speedometer dial goes out Practical hints Car care 282 To improve the vehicle s traction when driving with snow chains or starting off in deep snow sand or gravel switch off ESP by pressing the upper half 1 of the ESP switch The ESP warning lamp E located in the speedometer dial is continuously illuminated Warning When the ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions With the ESP system switched off th
255. nical Operation Drivin Practical hints Car care and controls s 2 cluster display data Automatic transmission 240 Selector lever position BL Park position The park position is to be used when parking the vehicle Engage only with the vehicle stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always use the parking brake in addition to placing the selector lever in park to secure the vehicle Note The electronic key can only be removed from the starter switch with the selector lever in position P With the electronic key removed the Fear N selector lever is locked in position P Reverse gear The current selector lever position is indicated in the gear range indicator display The automatic gear Shift to reverse gear only with the vehicle shifting process can be adapted to specific operating stopped conditions using the selector lever Dependent on the program mode selector switch position S or W the maximum speed in the reverse gear is different However it is not possible to change the program mode while in reverse hu Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed Do not engage N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads see page 254 for winter driving instructions
256. ning It is dangerous to shift the selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal i Practical hints cluster display 238 Car care Important After selecting any driving position from N or P wait a moment to allow the gear to fully engage before accelerating especially when the engine is cold Accelerator position Partial throttle early upshifting normal acceleration Full throttle later upshifting rapid acceleration Kickdown depressing the accelerator beyond full throttle downshifting to a lower gear maximum acceleration Once the desired speed is attained ease up on the accelerator the transmission shifts up again Stopping For brief stops e g at traffic lights leave the transmission in gear and hold vehicle with the service brake For longer stops with the engine idling shift into N or P and hold the vehicle with the service brake When stopping the vehicle on an uphill gradient do not hold it with the accelerator use the brake This avoids unnecessary transmission heat build up Maneuvering To maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into
257. ntral locking switch is located in the center The pneumatic power closing assist mechanism console cannot be interrupted once it has been engaged The doors and trunk can only be locked with the central To prevent personal injury never actuate the locking switch if all doors are closed except the driver s closing assist mechanism by tampering with the door door or trunk lid latch Important When the driver s door is open and the central locking switch activated the complete vehicle is locked after closing driver s door If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch while in the selective remote control mode only the door opened from the inside is unlocked If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch while in the global remote control mode the complete vehicle is unlocked when a door is opened from the inside Notes If the vehicle was previously locked with the remote control or the lock button at any door handle vehicles with KEYLESS GO the doors and trunk cannot be unlocked with the central locking switch The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or unlocked with the central locking switch Central locking system Instruments Instrument 49 If the vehicle has previously been locked from the outside opening a door from the inside will trigger the alarm To cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button or on the ele
258. ntrol When you step on the brake pedal or the vehicle speed drops below approximately 19 mph 30 km h for example when driving upgrade the cruise control will be canceled The selected speed is shown for approximately 5 seconds in the multifunction display and the corresponding speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illuminated If the cruise control cancels by itself and remains inoperative until the engine is restarted have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The last memorized speed is canceled when the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or 0 Important Moving gear selector lever to position N switches the cruise control off Driving systems 259 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving a ern fe Operation Driving ae Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 260 Notes Warning Only use the cruise control if the traffic and weather conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire adhesion can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Resume function
259. nts and controls Operation Instrument Driving Control and operation of radio transmitters Control and operation of radio transmitters COMAND radio and telephone Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System radio or telephone if road and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second 1 Observe all legal requirements i Practical hints cluster display 216 Car care Telephones and two way radio Warning Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e without being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic system possibly resulting in an accident and personal injury Radio transmitters such as a portable telephone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna The first 1000 miles 1500 km The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satisfied you will be with its performance lat
260. nts on page 68 power windows on page 184 sliding pop up roof on page 189 and electronic stability program on page 280 Battery recycling Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment with improper disposal Large 12 Volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Jump starting Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Read all instructions before proceeding Jump starting Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 359 Practical hints Important A discharged battery can freeze at approximately 14 F 10 C In that case it must be thawed out before jumper cables are used Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding ca
261. o secure a load in the event of an accident Observe the weight limit on the tab arrow Telephone general Warning A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Interior equipment Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 209 j Practical hints cluster display Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of approximately 50 feet approximately 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e without being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic system possibly resulting in an accident and personal injury See separate instruction manual for instructions on how to operate the telephone Car care Instruments Operation Drivin and controls P 5 Garage door opener Garage door opener
262. o cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button or on the electronic key or vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever P82 50 2063 26 The switch is located in the center console 1 Press to switch off 2 Indicator lamp Once the alarm system has been armed the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm will sound when someone attempts to raise the vehicle Tow away alarm 61 Instruments and controls Instrument i Practical hints Car care cluster display Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Tow away alarm The alarm will last approximately 2 minutes in form of flashing exterior lamps At the same time an alarm will sound for 30 seconds The alarm will stay on even if the vehicle is immediately lowered To cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button or on the electronic key or vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency Call is initiated automatically See Tele Aid on page 218 62 To prevent triggering the tow away alarm feature switch off the tow away alarm before towing the v
263. ocedure release transmit button Ensure that all side windows and the sliding pop up roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle Warning Never operate the windows or sliding pop up roof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing procedure In case the procedure causes potential danger the procedure can be immediately halted by releasing the remote control button To reverse direction of movement press for opening or for closing Technical data Practical hints Car care Lins Sino ens Operation Driving ins Ire Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Central locking system 44 Note Ensure that all side windows and the sliding pop up If the windows and sliding pop up roof cannot be roof are properly closed before leaving the vehicle operated automatically by pressing the transmit button of the remote control then it may be necessary to change Warning the batteries in the electronic key if ok battery check Never operate the windows or sliding pop up roof lamp in electronic key will light briefly when pressing if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed transmit button or to synchronize the remote control by the closing procedure see page 371 and 373 In case the procedure causes potential danger the procedure can be immediately halted by releasing Convenience feature the lock button To reverse direction of movement Operation with KEYLESS G
264. ollowing distance The vehicle speed and following distance will be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Warning Distronic brakes up to 20 of vehicle braking power the vehicle to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically applied as this happens Keep driver s foot area clear at all times including the area under the brake pedal Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Invalid attempts to activate The multifunction display will show MPH during invalid attempts to activate Distronic Distronic will not activate in the following situations e below a speed of approx 25 mph Canada 40 km h e while the electronic stability program ESP is switched off ESP warning lamp in speedometer dial is illuminated see page 112 e by moving the distronic control lever in RESUME direction 4 when no speed is stored in memory e during the initialization and self test phase after the engine is started this can take up to 2 minutes e while depressing the service brake pedal e while the parking brake is set check warning lamp Canada ROJ in instrument cluster see page 112 e with the gear selector lever in position P R or N check gear range indicator displa
265. ols cluster display data Restraint systems 96 e Occupants especially children should never Warning lean their heads in the area of the door where the side airbag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the airbag be triggered Always sit upright properly use the seatbelts and appropriate size infant or child restraint system e Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmar compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result eee Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the front passenger seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the passenger side front airbag BabySmart will not however turn off the vehicle s side impact airbag It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact airbags there is a possibility for a side airbag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained
266. omatic headlamp mode see below Parking lamps also side marker lamps taillamps licence plate lamps instrument panel lamps Canada only When the engine is running the low beam is additionally switched on Parking lamps plus low beam or high beam headlamps combination switch pushed forward cluster display Practical hints 158 Standing lamps right turn left one stop Standing lamps left turn left two stops Front fog lamps pull out one stop with parking lamps and or low beam headlamps on Green indicator in lamp switch comes on Rear fog lamp pull out to second detent in addition to the front fog lamps Yellow indicator in lamp switch comes on Note With the electronic key removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicle s exterior lamps except standing lamps are not switched off Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding allowable lamp operation Fog lamps are automatically switched off when the exterior lamp switch is turned to position WJ or W Headlamp mode Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and parking lamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch For exterior lamp switch see page 158 Note With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the engine running
267. on cluster display Practical hints 280 Car care Important If the ESP warning lamp flashes e During take off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelerator e Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions e Do not switch off the ESP Caution If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised see page 361 Towing the vehicle the engine must be shut off electronic key in starter switch position 0 or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immediately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes Notes The yellow ESP warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 It should go out with the engine running If the ESP warning message is displayed a malfunction has been detected in the system Only partial engine output will be available Have the ESP checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible For ESP warning message see page 307 With the ABS malfunctioning the ESP is also switched off Driving the vehicle with varied size tires will cause the wheels to rotate at different speeds therefore the ESP may activate yellow ESP warning lamp in speedometer dial comes on For this reason all wheels including the spare wheel must have the same tire size When testing the parking brake on a brake test dynamometer the engine must be shut off Otherwise the ESP will immediately be e
268. on indicator lamp see page 302 Brake fluid low parking brake engaged see page 313 Supplemental restraint system SRS malfunction indicator lamp see page 305 Coolant temperature gauge see page 115 Outside temperature indicator see page 115 Fuel gauge with reserve warning lamp see page 305 Left turn signal indicator lamp see combination switch see page 162 Speedometer see page 116 Electronic stability program ESP warning lamp system is adjusting to road conditions see page 307 Distance warning lamp vehicles with Distronic DTR distance to the vehicle ahead is insufficient see page 272 and 307 Vehicles without Distronic It illuminates with the electronic key in starter switch position 2 It should go out when the engine is running Instrument cluster Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 113 Practical hints cluster display Multifunction display see page 118 Malfunction and warning messages in the multifunction display see page 309 Trip odometer see page 117 and 122 Main odometer see page 122 Right turn signal indicator lamp see combination switch page 162 Tachometer see page 117 Gear range indicator display see selector lever positions page 240 Digital clock To set the time see COMAND operator s manual Antilock brake system ABS malfunction indicator lamp see page 306 High beam he
269. on labels 00 393 Premium unleaded gasoline OS 405 Layout of poly V belt drive 395 Buel requirements ssssssscccsccceeeeee 405 Technical data mee iienaa 396 Gasoline additives l 406 Fuels coolants lubricants etc CAPACIUICS rann aa ai 402 COON en N 406 Consumer information 408 Product information Kindly observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Mercedes Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and their special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Mercedes Benz original parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive information also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installation will be performed Introduction 7 Introduction 8 Operator s manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to
270. onal standard on model S 600 The buttons are located on each door Seat ventilation can be activated manually with the electronic key in starter switch positions 1 or 2 or by the summer opening function driver s seat only see page 43 Notes When in operation the seat ventilation system consumes a large amount of electrical power It is not advisable to use the seat ventilator longer than necessary The seat ventilators may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on at the same time or if the battery charge is low In this case one or more indicator lamps will blink The seat ventilation switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you the seat ventilators can be switched off The maximum ventilation level level 3 is automatically selected if the driver s seat ventilation is activated by the summer opening function see page 43 Level 2 ventilation setting middle Press button 1 again Two blue indicator lamps above the button light up Level 1 ventilation setting minimum Press button 1 again One blue indicator lamp above the button lights up Turning off the seat ventilation Press button 1 again The indicator lamps go out Seat ventilation is switched off P54 25 0423 26 Manual activation Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 Level 3 ventilat
271. ontrols cluster display Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Seats 72 Vehicles without seat ventilation function Normal heating mode Press button 1 One indicator lamp in the switch lights up The seat heater will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Rapid heating mode Press button 2 Both indicator lamps in the switch light up The system switches over to normal heating mode P54 95 2005 26 automatically after approximately 5 minutes Turning off the heater Press button 1 or 2 again The indicator lamps go out The seat heater is switched off Vehicles with seat ventilation function Rapid heating mode Press button 3 once Both indicator lamps above the button light up The system switches over to normal heating mode automatically after approximately 5 minutes Normal heating mode Press button 3 twice One indicator lamp above the button lights up The seat heater will be automatically switched off after P54 25 2004 26 approximately 30 minutes Turning off the heater Press the button again The indicator lamps go out The seat heater is switched off Seats 73 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving L ri Operation Driving ee Practical hints and controls cluster display Seats 74 Seat ventilation system opti
272. oor unlock Info Services profile and more Optional System self check Initially after turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 malfunctions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP appears for approx 10 seconds in the multifunction display Important Always make sure that the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and in the Information button do not remain illuminated constantly in red and the message TELE AID VISIT WORKSHOP is not displayed in the multifunction display after the system self check If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Emergency calls An emergency Call is initiated automatically e following an accident in which the Emergency Tensioning Retractors ETR s or airbags deploy e if the antitheft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds see pages 60 and 61 An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the inside rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See below for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Once the emergency call
273. opriate to prevailing conditions Warning Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Driving instructions Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 253 Practical hints cluster display Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and resulting in personal injury and possible death Snow chains Use only snow chains that are tested and recommended by Mercedes Benz Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject Chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions Vehicles with Active body control ABC Always select option I or II of the level control system when driving with snow chains see page 286 Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow When driving with snow chains press the ESP control switch to OFF refer to page 282 Car care Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Driving instructions Important Use of snow chains is not permissible with tire sizes 245 45 R18 or 275 40 R18 Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acce
274. or mechanical key Central locking system 33 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Central locking system 34 P80 30 2152 26 P80 30 2153 26 6 Infrared receiver in driver s door handle 7 Infrared receiver in front passenger door handle Locking and unlocking with remote control Unlocking Press transmit button EJ All turn signal lamps blink once to indicate that the vehicle is unlocked The remote control can be programmed for two kinds of unlocking modes see below Selective unlocking mode Press transmit button once to unlock driver s door and fuel filler flap Press transmit button twice to unlock all doors fuel filler flap and trunk Global unlocking mode Press transmit button once to unlock all doors fuel filler flap and trunk Notes If the trunk was previously locked separately it will remain locked see page 51 The presently active unlocking mode selective or global can only be determined by unlocking the vehicle with the remote control see below for changing mode Central locking system Instruments Instrument 35 If within 40 seconds of unlocking with the remote control neither door nor trunk is opened the electronic key is not inserted in the starter switch or the central locking switch is not activated
275. or or trunk is not properly closed or a KEYLESS GO card is still in the vehicle Check the multifunction display see page 328 Choosing global or selective mode Checking last KEYLESS GO card locking mode eon cand Briefly press button 1 The indicator lamp 2 or 3 lights up in red vehicle locked or in green vehicle unlocked P80 30 2027 26 To choose between the selective or global opening mode press and hold button 1 until the indicator lamp at the requested symbol 2 or 3 comes on Central locking system 41 Lins e Operation Driving Lins Ione Practical hints Car care Morre and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Instrument cluster display Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Central locking system 42 Simultaneous use of electronic key and KEYLESS GO card When using the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO card at the same time the electronic key overrules the KEYLESS GO card If the engine is started with the start stop button on the gear selector lever and afterwards the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch the engine continues to run with the gear selector lever in positions R N D plus ranges 4 3 2 1 until it is stopped by using the start stop button on the gear selector lever If the electronic key is inserted in the starter switch while the gear selector lever is in position P the electronic
276. or proper height See also airbag section for proper seat positioning In addition also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the inside and outside rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rearward vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small children should be seated in a properly secured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts should be done before the vehicle is put into motion cluster display Practical hints 110 Technical Car care data Warning Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the passenger side front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury can result According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions Infants and small children must ride in back seats and be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint system which is properly secured with the vehicle s sea
277. or proper operation of the Parktronic always keep the sensors clean especially at times of snow and ice See page 386 for instructions on cleaning the sensors in the bumpers Warning indicators 1 Frame 2 Segments Parking system Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Practical hints cluster display Visual and audible signals indicate to the driver the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle Warning indicators for the front area are located above the left and center air outlets in the dashboard Warning indicators for the rear area are integrated in the rear headliner The frames are illuminated when the Parktronic is engaged Each warning indicator has 6 yellow and 2 red segments As soon as the sensors detect an obstacle one or more segments light up depending on the distance An intermittent acoustic warning will also sound as the seventh segment lights up and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 3 seconds will sound for the eighth segment Instrument Technical Line an ere Operation Driving i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display data Parking system 294 Monitoring reach of sensors 39 19 5 O in 0 23 2 42 in 100 50 O cm 0 60 120 cm 39 19 5 O in 0 23 2 42 in P54 65 2045 26 P54 65 2046 26 Front bumper The first yellow segment lights up at these distances Additional segments light up as the vehicle comes Center approx 4
278. ork on the brake system should be carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Install only brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Driving instructions Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 249 Practical hints cluster display Caution When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately parking so the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Driving off Apply the service brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow one drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Car care Innis ES ern
279. ou e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection cluster display Practical hints 364 Car care Replacing bulbs Warning Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Notes To prevent a possible electrical short circuit switch off lamp prior to replacing a bulb When replacing bulbs install only 12 volt bulbs with the specified watt rating When replacing halogen bulbs do not touch glass portion of bulb with bare hands Use plain paper or a clean cloth If the newly installed bulb does not light up switch the lamp off and on again If the bulb still does not light up have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamp assembly P82 10 0912 26 P82 10 0913 26 1 Headlamp cover for fog lamp parking and standing lamp and high beam headlamp Bulb socket for fog lamp 2 Headlamp cover for low beam headlamp and turn signal lamp 3 4 Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp 5 Electrical connector for high beam headlamp bulb 6 Electrical connector for low beam Halogen type headlamp bulb if applicable for Xenon type headlamp bulb 7 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp Exterior lamps 365 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Practical hints
280. ounting bolts be fastened to a tightening torque of 110 ft lb 150 Nm whenever wheels are mounted For rim and tire specifications refer to Technical Data Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims use only genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Rotating wheels The wheels can be rotated according to the degree of tire wear while retaining the same direction of travel Rotating however should be carried out as recommended by the tire manufacturer before the characteristic tire wear pattern shoulder wear on front wheels and tread center wear on rear wheels becomes visible as otherwise the driving properties deteriorate Notes Thoroughly clean the inner side of the wheels any time you rotate the wheels or wash the vehicle underside The use of retread tires is not recommended Retread tires may adversely affect the handling characteristics and safety of the vehicle Dented or bent rims can cause tire pressure loss and damage to the tire beads For this reason check rims for damage at regular intervals The rim flanges must be checked for wear before a tire is mounted Remove burrs if any Check and ensure proper tire inflation pressure after rotating the wheels For tire inflation pres
281. our inside rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes i Practical hints cluster display Exterior rear view mirror adjustment Turn the electronic key in starter switch to position 2 Push button to select mirror to be adjusted Driver s side Push button 1 passenger side Push button 2 Push the adjustment button 3 up down left or right according to the setting desired Note The exterior rear view mirrors have electrically heated glass The heater switches on automatically depending on outside temperature Storing rear view mirror positions in memory The exterior rear view mirror positions are stored in memory with the seat steering wheel inside rear view mirror positions and can be recalled when necessary See page 108 for notes on the memory function Parking position The passenger side exterior mirror can be adjusted and programmed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers e g to observe the curb or other objects close to the vehicle With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 and the exterior rear view mirror switch in the passenger side position the passenger side mirror will be turned downward when placing the gear selector lever in R reverse The passenger side mirror position can now be adjusted as desired The passenger side mirror will return to its previous position e immediately at speeds above approximately 6 mph 10 km h indepe
282. our vehicle is subjected to varying external influences which if gone unchecked can attack the paintwork as well as the underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by air polution road salt tar gravel and stone chipping Grease and oil fuel coolant brake fluid bird droppings insects tree resins etc should be removed immediately to avoid paint damage Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences 382 Technical data Car care More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions for example near the ocean in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions or during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent the start of corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underside of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be reundercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and o
283. ove the electronic key from the starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Important If the electronic key is left in the starter switch position 0 for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the lock In this case remove electronic key from starter switch and reinsert Caution To prevent accelerated battery discharge and a possible dead battery always remove the electronic key from the starter switch Do not leave the electronic key in starter switch position 0 Starter switch Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 231 Practical hints cluster display Notes A warning sounds when the driver s door is opened with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 0 If the electronic key cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged See battery on page 357 or jump starting on page 359 With the engine at idle speed the charging rate of the alternator output is limited It is therefore recommended that you turn off unnecessary electrical consumers while driving in stop and go traffic This precaution helps to avoid draining of the battery Unnecessary strain on the battery and charging system may be minimized b
284. peed for M S rated radial ply tires and the legal speed limit Have your vehicle winterized at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center before the onset of winter e Change the engine oil if the engine contains an oil which is not approved for winter operation For Note o ig CUMS Cass and ane ganay In winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the Pas ABS and ESP can only be achieved with M S rated e Check engine coolant anticorrosion antifreeze radial ply tires and or snow chains recommended by concentration Mercedes Benz Snow chains maximize performance e Additive for the windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a Block heater for Canada only premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for below freezing temperatures see page 345 The electrical cable may be installed at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center The engine is equipped with a block heater e Test battery Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to ensure that the engine can be started even at low ambient temperatures Driving instructions 255 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Driving instructions Deep water Caution Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth If you must drive through d
285. perature Check engine oil level approximately 5 minutes after stopping the engine allowing for the oil to return to the oil pan The engine oil level can be checked by either the oil dipstick or via the multifunction display in the instrument cluster see page 156 Wipe the oil dipstick clean prior to checking the engine oil level Fully insert dipstick in tube and remove after three seconds to obtain accurate reading The oil level must be between the lower mark min and the upper mark max on the oil dipstick rand mp Unscrew the oil filler cap and add oil carefully if you need to top up the oil S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG Fill quantity between upper and lower dipstick marking level is approximately 2 0 US qt 2 0 1 S 600 Follow the message appearing on the engine oil level indicator display page 156 as to quantity to be added Re install oil filler cap Do not overfill the engine Excessive oil must be drained or siphoned It could cause damage to engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine compartment Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 343 Practical hints See Malfunction and warning messages on page 309 if an engine oil level display appears on the multifunction indicator when the engine is running Note See page 156 for engine oil level indicator Automatic transmission fluid level The transm
286. phone book The name selected appears in the display Note Press the button if you do not wish to make a call The procedure is cancelled and display 3 appears cluster display Practical hints 128 Car care Press the button when the name you require appears in the display 4 The telephone number 5 is dialed The name will be displayed when dialing is completed Display 6 remains for the duration of the call Pressing the button hangs up and display 3 appears Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system Redialing 201573858 TEL MILLER ES Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Instruments Operation Driving and controls j Practical hints Car care cluster display The telephone is ready for use 2 Number or name stored in the redial memory Number in the redial memory redialing has commenced Dialing is completed and the name stored in the telephone book is displayed or the number dialed will remain displayed if no name has been stored The display remains for the duration of the call Memory location numbers the 10 most recently dialed numbers are stored LO most recently dialed number L1 to LY previously dialed numbers Lis ane Operation Driving Vine iia Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 130 The telephone and COMAND system must be switched Press
287. position Distronic works on steep uphill and downhill gradients by downshifting gears and applying the brakes to maintain the speed selected by the driver The transmission will upshift again once the gradient evens out The speed can be increased e g for passing by using the accelerator After the accelerator is released the previously set speed will be resumed automatically Distronic is deactivated if a vehicle in front causes your vehicle to slow down to less than approx 25 mph Canada 40 km h A signal sounds and the message DISTRONIC OFF appears for 5 seconds in the multifunction display The vehicle speed displayed can briefly vary from the speed setting of the Distronic system Additional driving hints Warning Distronic works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead at a distance set by Distronic This means that e your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you change lanes e while in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in front is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed Distronic regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead but does not register stationary objects in the roadway e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic j
288. position P If attempting to turn off the engine while the selector lever is in any other position than P a signal sounds and the message SELECTOR LEVER TO P appears in the multifunction display as a reminder to move the selector to position P Automatic transmission Automatic transmission Instruments Operation and controls P cluster display The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically dependent upon e Selector lever position e Program mode selector e Accelerator position e Vehicle speed The gear shifting process is continuously adapted dependent on the driving style the driving situation and the road characteristics Important When parking the vehicle or before working on the vehicle with the engine running firmly depress the parking brake pedal and shift the selector lever into P Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving Automatic transmission Driving The selector lever is automatically locked while in position P To move the selector lever out of position P the service brake pedal must be firmly depressed before the shift lock will release Shift selector lever to the desired position only when the engine is idling normally and the service brake is applied Do not release the brake until ready to drive The vehicle may otherwise start creeping when the selector lever is in drive or reverse position War
289. pressure has been corrected see page 152 When the message appears after starting the engine the tire inflation pressure on all road wheels should be checked and corrected according to the label affixed inside the fuel filler flap For tire inflation pressure see page 356 The tire inflation pressure monitor must be activated again after the tire inflation pressure has been corrected see page 152 The tire inflation pressure monitor system is unable to monitor the tire pressure due to the presence of several wheel electronics in the vehicle e g a deflated road wheel in the trunk or nearby radio interference source or excessive wheel sensor temperatures or unrecognized wheel sensors mounted The tire inflation pressure monitor is defective or a wheel without proper sensor was installed Visit your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Malfunction and warning messages ENGINE OIL LEVEL ENGIHE OL LEVEL j er Prat eh CHECK LEVEL P54 30 2157 21 Line 1 Line 2 C ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK LEVEL 2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL STOP ENGINE OFF 1 ENGINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL 2 ENGINE OIL VISIT WORKSHOP 2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL VISIT WORKSHOP 2 C Category see page 309 1 The engine oil level must be checked immediately See Engine oil level indicator on page 156 2 There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine
290. r Seats reaf 0 scceccseeseseaee Power seats setting passenger seat position from rear Seat belts and integrated restraint system DOG ADE US arere E Seat belt nonusage warning system BabySmart airbag deactivation system Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed Supplemental Restraint System SRS Emergency tensioning retractor ETR ae Airbags Contents Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning retractor and airbag Infant and child restraint systems ceeeeeseees Steering wheel adjustment Rear view mirrors Memory function Key dependent memory settings Instrument Cluster eee Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Trip and main odometer and SUD MENU ee eeeeseeceeees Audio SYSTEMS 1 ecessseceeeseeeees Radio CD player Cassette player Telephon na a Telephone book Redialing Incoming call 2 Navigation system cceeeeseeeees 132 Distronic DER iviiselsiniiieitisneiss 133 FAP COMPUTE etic elas 134 Malfunction warning message MEMOTY ceeeeeeseees 136 Individual settings 0 0 eee 138 Setting the audio volume 148 Flexible service system Gass meee E E EE 149 Tire inflation pressure MONO aa EN 152 Engine oil level indicator 156 Engine oil consumption 157 Exterior lamp switch 68 158 Night security illumination
291. r display Level control switch positions Normal level indicator lamps 3 4 are not illuminated To change from raised level options I or II press lower half of switch 2 once respectively twice Raise level option I indicator lamp 3 is illuminated To change from normal level press upper half 1 of switch To change from raised level option II press lower half 2 of switch Raised level option 2 indicator lamps 3 4 are illuminated To change from normal level or raised level option I press upper half 1 of switch once respectively twice Normal level Used for normal operation of the vehicle Speed dependent lowering of vehicle chassis approximate values e between 0 mph 0 km h and 35 mph 60 km h none e between 35 mph 60 km h and 85 mph 140 km h lowered progressively by approximately inch 11 mm Car care Instruments and controls Operation Driving Driving systems Raised level option I This setting should be used when road surface conditions are rough and must be used when driving with snow chains mounted Important Driving with snow chains requires increased space between tire and wheel housing Refer to page 253 for driving with snow chains Speed dependent lowering of vehicle chassis approximate values e at standstill raised by approximately inch 20 mm e between 35 mph 60 km h and 120 mph 190 km h lowered progressively
292. r lever is moved to a lower gear range the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s revolutions per minute limit would be exceeded In this case there will be no downshift even when the vehicle speed reaches the engine s rpm limit of that gear e g by applying the service brakes To prevent the engine from laboring at low RPM when driving uphill gradients or with your vehicle heavily loaded the automatic transmission will downshift when necessary to maintain engine RPM within the best torque range Gear ranges we Upshift through 2nd gear only For driving in mountainous regions or under extreme operating conditions This gear selection will allow use of the engine s braking power when descending We Upshift through 4th gear only Suitable for performance driving Ew Upshift through 3rd gear only Suitable for steep grades moderately steep hills Since the transmission oe does not shift higher than 3rd gear this gear Mim Use this position which makes maximum use of the engine s braking effect while descending selection will allow use of the engine s braking power downhill very steep or lengthy downgrades and only at l speeds below 40 mph 60 km h Note To avoid overrevving the engine on rpm limit the transmission will upshift automatically to the next higher gear as long as the vehicle is accelerating Automatic transmission 243 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls
293. re Front seat adjustment Removal and installation of front seat head restraints 68 Lumbar support ceeeeeeeseeeeees 69 Multicontour backrest 0 69 Seat heater orano een sienuees 71 Seat ventilation system 74 Rear seat head restraints 70 Power head restraints rear 77 Power seats rear ccccccccccccsceneees Power seats setting passenger seat position from rear Seat belts and integrated restraint system eeesssressrerssessssens 81 DEAL DELS rri a 81 Seat belt nonusage warning system ceeeeeeeseeeees 82 Car care BabySmart airbag deactivation system eee 88 Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed 88 Supplemental Restraint SV SIEM SRO cranamen 89 Emergency tensioning retractor EER anisan 90 AID ASS r E ene 91 Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning retractor ANC AIT WAS eain 97 Infant and child restraint SYSTEMS eesserserirssrssse 99 Steering wheel adjustment 102 Rear view mir rors ceeeeseeeeeees 103 Memory function eeeeeseessseessseess0 108 Key dependent memory settings eee 111 Instrument Cluster eeeeeeeeeees 112 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 118 Contents Instruments and controls Trip and main odometer and SUD MENU ee eeeeeeteeeeees 122
294. rmed at regular intervals by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driving in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly country Driving instructions Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 247 Practical hints cluster display Drinking and driving Warning Drinking or taking drugs and driving can be a very dangerous combination Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgement The possibility of a serious or even fatal accident is sharply increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Please don t drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive after drinking or taking drugs Pedals Warning Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Car care and controls Operation Instrument Driving Driving instructions Power assistance Warning When the engine is not running the brake and steering systems are without power assistance Under these circumstances a much greater effort is necessary to stop or steer the vehicle Brakes Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components or salty road conditions the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected
295. roperly positioned and both tabs pushed forward to prevent moisture entering the fuse box Auxiliary fuse box below rear seat Hood Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Be sure the hood is properly closed before driving When closing hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear from fan blades If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine ee compartment or if the coolant temperature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open 4 Auxiliary fuse box below right rear seat the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If necessary To open call a fire department Remove the cover To close Press the cover on Engine compartment 339 Instruments Operation Driving lasttument and controls cluster display Practical hints HS FETE Operation Driving Inns EERIE Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Engine compartment 340 The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running To open To unlock the hood pull release lever 1 under t
296. rs smear If the windshield wipers smear the windshield even during rain activate the washer system as often as necessary The fluid in the washer reservoir should be mixed in the correct ratio See page 345 for instructions on filling up the windshield washer reservoir Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water 1 part S to 100 parts water 40 ml S to 1 gallon water For temperature below freezing MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 40 ml S to 1 gallon solvent Hazard warning flasher switch The hazard warning flasher can be activated either manually via the switch located in the dashboard or it is activated automatically at the time an airbag is deployed To activate hazard warning flasher press switch once To deactivate press switch again Note With the hazard warning flasher activated the combination switch in position for either left or right turn and the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 only the respective left or right side turn signals will operate After turn signal cancellation the hazard oe warning flasher is activated Hazard warning flasher 165 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Instr
297. s Operation Driving Interior equipment Storage compartment below the front armrest A coin holder is also located in the storage compartment below the armrest Storage tray in the armrest To open Press button 9 and raise the armrest To close Lower the armrest until it engages in lock Vehicles with rear air conditioner Do not place any objects in the well under the storage tray i Practical hints cluster display Storage space below the armrest Vehicles without rear air conditioner To open Press button 10 and raise the armrest To close Lower the armrest until it engages in lock Notes The storage compartment can be heated or cooled see page 178 The compartment can get very warm due to its confined space When storing heat sensitive objects in the compartment close the air outlet while heating the passenger compartment Do not obstruct the air outlet in the storage compartment Armrest with integrated storage compartment Storage compartments in the rear passenger rear seat compartment Vehicles with individual seats P91 27 2010 26 P68 00 2165 26 Pull down the armrest 12 by its strap Opening the storage space Slide the cover 14 back to open forward to close To open press the handle 13 and lift lid Before storing the armrest in the backrest close its storage compartment lid Interior equipment 201 Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5
298. s Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument 8 P54 25 2512 26 6 Head restraint The height of the head restraint is adjusted automatically with the seat so that the back of the head is supported approximately at ear level Adjust the head restraint using the switch if the preset position does not support the back of your head approximately at ear level For steering wheel adjustment see page 102 rear view mirror see page 103 exterior rear view mirrors see page 104 cluster display Practical hints 66 Adjust the head restraint angle 1 by hand Push or pull the head restraint in direction of arrow Storing seat positions The head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror position are stored together with the seat position See page 108 for notes on the memory function For recalling a stored seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror position see page 109 Important Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should adjust the seat height for proper vision as well as fore aft placement and backrest angle to insure adequate control reach operation and comfort The head restraint should also be adjusted for proper height See also airbag section on page 91 for proper seat positioning In addition also adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both t
299. s Tire inflation pressure monitor see page 152 Pressing the or button displays the next or a Engine oil level indicator see page 156 PP a FF Q N Vehicle speed Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 123 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display Audio systems Radio AnD I0 OFF Fz 100 3 MHz 3 FMI 5 SP 410 1 1 HHz FRO 102 9 MHz P54 30 2936 27 cluster display Practical hints 124 Car care 1 Audio system is switched off 2 The radio is switched on 3 Wave band setting and memory location number where appropriate 4 Station name setting or station frequency 5 This only appears when MEMORY rather than FREQUENCY has been selected in the SETTINGS VEHICLE STATION SEARCH USING menu See page 146 Switch on the radio see COMAND operator s manual Press the or button repeatedly until display 2 appears Press button JA or R repeatedly until the required station or frequency is displayed Use the EAN of Keg button to select a stored station or station frequency This depends on the selection made in the STATION SEARCH USING setting menu Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system CD player 1 Radio system is switched off 2 The
300. s a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended airbag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency tensioning retractor our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center cluster display 98 Practical hints Car care e Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags there is the possibility of abrasions or other injuries resulting from airbag deployment When you Sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Infant and child restraint systems We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To activate pull shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During the seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The belt is now locked To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual m
301. seccesscsessotessseesens 196 HOG rne a eee 339 INGOMOP MENUS an RE OA ieee 190 HOOD malfunction and warning messages 326 Rear readine IAI orne 191 I J Identification labels essseeseessessesseeseesserseessesseeseeseeseese 393 PICK ena O A naa 347 Illuminated Vanity M TrOrsS sesooneesooneesoeseesseseessreeesse 195 JUMPS FAT INS oie A S 359 Indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 302 Individual settings essessesersessssessssresssressressssesssessesesees 138 INST CLUSTER Instrument cluster 140 K HGH LING sereis A aaeas 142 KEY malfunction and warning messages 325 VEHICLE ai igs cecocococococoococoooocoooooococooocoococooooocooooo 146 Key dependent memory settings E EARE AT 111 a a a VetCMS tee ecaaeaereta E S E ES 36 Installation EAEI EAEE A Caden teccstoueneeeT 101 Changing THLE Oe E sche arte dren prontes 374 ormat onran Checking last KEYLESS GO card locking mode 41 See Tele Ald orei panies e a eee eetvar 223 Choosing global or selective MOdE ccc ccccccccce 41 Infrared reflecting windshield sss 214 Starting the engine ssessseesseressrersseesseerssoersrensssessee 236 Inside rear view MiTTOT eoeessossessoseessosressseeessseeesssreessees 103 Turning off the engine cren 236 Instrument cluster soeneneesossessoneerossssossoerereesesssesssssoneee 112 KAI COG A 28 30 Activating E EE NEA PER diate Gus wean estat eu neon taper NAR 11
302. selector lever Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Cup holder Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moistened in lukewarm solution Do not use scouring agents Seat belts The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Use only clear lukewarm water and soap Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Headliner and shelf below rear window Clean with soft bristle brush or use a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Leather upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discolored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Cleaning and care of the vehicle Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Instrument Practical hints cluster display Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Hard plastic trim items Pour Mercedes Benz
303. sh to open arrow j a pen When unlocking the trunk with the mechanical key the 1 Unlocking exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound 2 Separate locking of trunk remove mechanical key To cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the in this position starter switch or press button or on the electronic key or vehicles with KEYLESS GO when The lock is located in the license plate recess carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever If the fuel filler flap cannot be opened see page 376 Central locking system 51 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints Car care and controls Operation Driving Instruments ae Instrument Operation Drivin nee and controls p cluster display Central locking system 52 Important Do not place mechanical key inside trunk since trunk is locked again when closing the lid if the vehicle has been previously centrally locked r y Vehicles without trunk lid opening closing system Lower trunk lid using handle 1 and close it with hands placed flat on trunk lid Please remember to keep your fingers out of the space between the lid and the vehicle P54 25 2403 26 Vehicles with trunk lid opening closing system Press trunk lid button 2 briefly The trunk lid closes automatically The trunk lid can also be closed with the trunk lid opening closing switch located on the driv
304. sion control Starter switch Starter switch KEYLESS GO Starting and turning off the engine Automatic transmission Parking brake 06 Driving instructions Drive sensibly Save Fuel Drinking and driving Contents Driving Instruments Operation and controls P Driving Pedalo sA 247 Power assistance essesseseseeesse 248 I TAK CS naciou a 248 DIVINS OL iaaiaee 249 PAE KIND siea e 250 TILOS ieaS 251 SHOW CHAINS ericoniseeasiooretorornareae 253 Winter driving instructions 254 Block heater sai vesces eves totacentavoncatannts 255 Deep water csseccsserssssesestsess 256 Passenger compartment 256 Traveling abroad ceeceeeees 2I CTUISE COMOL ukinit 258 Distronic DTR sssessessesesssssessessese 261 Brake assist system BAST a th tel aie escaeecbabendss 277 Antilock brake system ABS ea cca 278 Electronic stability program TES Pie sees teccedomteecncaaases 280 215 Instrument Practical hints cluster display Active body control ABOI lt en R 284 Level control system for vehicles with Airmatic system 285 Level control system for vehicles with Active Body Control ABE perme narone ee renee nena 286 Adaptive damping system CASI ecrin 289 Parking assist Parktronic 291 What you should know at the gas station ou eee 296 Check regularly and before a long trip uu 299 Car care Instrume
305. sition 2 to operate The lateral support increases or decreases as you press the button to the right or left Adjust the side cushions to provide good lateral support Seats Instruments 4 Massage function PULSE The multicontour backrest is equipped with a massage function to help prevent fatigue during longer journeys The PULSE function inflates and deflates the air cushions in the backrest rhythmically An indicator lamp on the switch lights up when the PULSE function is switched on The PULSE function switches off automatically after approximately 5 minutes Note If the top cushion is inflated only the middle air cushion is inflated and deflated Instrument 71 Seat heater The seat heaters can be switched on with the electronic key in starter switch positions 1 or 2 The buttons are located on each door Note When in operation the seat heater consumes a large amount of electrical power It is not advisable to use the seat heater longer than necessary The seat heaters may automatically switch off if too many power consumers are switched on at the same time or if the battery charge is low In this case one or both indicator lamps will blink The seat heaters switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available If the blinking of the indicator lamps is distracting to you the seat heaters can be switched off Practical hints Car care Operation Driving and c
306. snns 284 ASMI S oaa O 204 Pd Tevel annen a a A 343 CONTEL To Ce 204 ACTIVE BODY CONTROL ABC REIT MOOLS renar e AITE 205 malfunction and warning messages ssessse0s000 320 Audio systems 124 Adpivedampine syete ADS ect eane 289 aa aa sass ease EEE E A E a Adjusting steering Wheel cccceceecsseesseesseeeees 102 ED Py cee cxs tr ecsesorscorscoremuesusinvsnnsiwarbonveedn 125 AIR CLEANER la ca ALS on malfunction and warning Messages u 333 reeset seseeeeeeeneeeeeeenececeneeeeneeeeeeceeeneeneettes Ai on Automatic Central locking ou eeessssecesesseeecesteeeees 50 ir conditioner refrigerant e sseserssserserersseesssessseess 404 ene Air distribution Manual eee eccsseceesseceesseeeesees 172 AOAC ATS COUN Oh a comin ne Ae cosine Handil 172 Activated charcoal filter eeeeeeeeeeseereeessee 175 ea ee Poe EOE AEE E PE AEA dieS 8 E S EREA rear passenger compartment ee eeeeeee 179 AIRBAG ee a e ee 200 Air distribution Manual ee eeceeseeeeseeeeees 172 a a N AO 91 Air volume manual ennen 172 p Basie SeLUNO aonn A AA 171 malfunction and warning messages ssceeeeeee 331 Deforsi nd 173 AMMA UG SYSE eann 285 Ge an BE ES eR RIEU 173 Airmatic system CITOSUING ssssessesseeeessesseeeesssceessseeeeseeeeeseeeeesseeeeeseeceeeteet Vehicles with Active Body Control MEOE agence as 286 Display wA CONTOl S an epson a T 168 DUSIN nena E ER 170 ECONOMOU aicurstce hie a 176 Battery TECVCIINE
307. sserssseessrsesesessessseresseesssenssrersse QUO Fuels coolants lubricants etc capacities 402 girioje 105 POSEDON cae a a T FUSES electrical asiera aaa sa eetahovotees 337 OE 106 EPEE 105 G Garage door OPEN EI riveira aee iaer esaa eeens 210 Gasoline besereerseereeeeeeese 336 Addi UVES anne nna aa eaea OO Fuelregdui rement iennet o aa 405 TEE 351 Premium unleaded o ececcssessssssesssesssssseesesseeeeee 405 iao 149 General notes on the central locking system 32 TA 192 COVES OR airu Aa a LOT PEE EEE PE R TE 91 PEETS RS 178 H eT ere 64 Hazard warning flasher switch cee eeesecesseeeseeees 165 PEE 406 Head restraints front seats 297 403 405 Removal and istallato n eocres ponte 68 Head restraints rear seat sccscsssssssssececcsscssveeneees 76 Power head TeStra its eaat 77 S 302 Headlamp cleaning system ccceeesceseesseeseeereeee LOL sett eat desu i 376 Headlamp mode HEADLAMPS ssssssssssssssssessseseessesee LOD KOSON 405 PCa GVO DIS aeara a aaO 415 lastrument Practical hints Car care Technical cluster display data Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving WO Practical hints Car care Wore cluster display data 416 Heated SCAU ore a aie 71 Instruments and controls sesesssessesssesseessesseessesssessresses 18 High beams Interior See Combination switch eeeseseseseseeesreesresesesseesseese 162 General notes cseccssesesscsessoscsssce
308. ssive oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The MEASURING NOT POSSIBLE message will be displayed if a proper oil level check cannot be performed The engine oil level check can be repeated after a short while Engine oil level indicator Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation 157 Practical hints cluster display S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG only Perform the engine oil level check with the dipstick if it cannot be completed via the multifunction display See Checking engine oil level page 342 In this case we recommend that you have the system checked at a Mercedes Benz Center Notes See malfunction and warning messages on page 309 and page 324 if an engine oil level indicator appears in the multifunction display when the engine is running The engine oil level cannot be checked while the engine is running The ENGINE OIL LEVEL NOT WHEN ENGINE ON message will appear Engine oil consumption Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the break in period During the break in period higher oil consumption may be noticed and is normal Frequent driving at high engine speeds results in increased consumption Car care Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Exterior lamp switch Exterior lamp switch EJ Off M Aut
309. struments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Restraint systems Emergency tensioning retractor ETR The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equipped with emergency tensioning retractors These tensioning retractors are located in each belt s inertia reel and become operationally ready with the electronic key in starter switch position 1 or 2 The emergency tensioning retractors are designed to activate only when the seat belts are fastened during frontal impacts exceeding the first threshold of the SRS and in rear impacts exceeding a preset severity level They remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body restricting its forward movement as much as possible cluster display 90 Practical hints Car care In cases of other frontal impacts angled impacts roll overs certain side impacts or other accidents without sufficient frontal or rear impact forces the emergency tensioning retractors will not be activated The driver and passengers will then be protected by the fastened seat belts and inertia reel in the usual manner Note The front passenger ETR activates only if the front passenger Seat is occupied Heavy objects on the front passenger seat can appear to the SRS to indicate the presence of an occupant in that seat which causes the passenger front airbag
310. struments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Electronic key 372 P80 35 2025 26 P80 35 2027 26 Insert mechanical key 4 in side opening 5 to open Change batteries 7 inserting new ones under contact latch Press briefly do not use mechanical key as lever spring 8 with plus side facing up to release battery compartment Return battery compartment into housing until locked Remove mechanical key from side opening in place and slide mechanical key back into electronic Carefully remove battery compartment in direction of BS arrow 6 Important Synchronizing remote control Batteries contain materials that can harm the The remote control may have to be resynchronized if environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of the vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked batteries is the preferred method of disposal For disposal please follow manufacturer s recommendation on battery package The remote control should once again be operational To synchronize insert electronic key in starter switch Replacement Battery Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent Electronic key 373 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Practical hints Operation Driving nts EST Operation Driving Inns EERIE Practical hints Car care Ton and controls cluster display data KEYLESS GO card 374 Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card Checking batteries Briefly press button 1 The indicator l
311. sure see inside of fuel filler flap and also page 296 Tires Wheels Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 349 Practical hints Spare wheel Spare wheel S 430 S 500 and S 600 except Sport Package Important The spare wheel rim is mounted with a full size tire of the same type as on the vehicle and is fully functional However that spare wheel rim is weight optimized and has a limited service life of 12 000 miles 20 000 km use before a standard wheel rim must replace it In the case of a flat tire you may temporarily use the spare wheel Do not operate vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Warning The spare wheel rim is for temporary use only Use for over a total of 12 000 miles 20 000 km aggregate of all uses may cause wheel rim failure leading to an accident and possible injuries Car care Instruments and controls Tires Wheels Practical hints Car care oe Instrument Operation Drivin s 2 cluster display 350 Spare wheel S 55 AMG and Sport Package S 55 AMG S 600 with Sport Package The spare wheel rim size is 7 J x 17 H2 with tire size 225 60 R17 98H S 430 S 500 with Sport Package The spare wheel rim size is 7 J x 16 H2 with tire size 225 60 R16 98H In the case of a flat tire or breakdown you may temporarily use the spare wheel while observing the following restrictions e Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50
312. switches off the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp if the condition causing the lamp to come on no longer exists during three consecutive cycles Malfunction and indicator lamps Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display An on board diagnostic connector is located in the passenger compartment near to the parking brake pedal allowing the accurate identification of system malfunctions through the readout of diagnostic trouble codes Notes When running out of fuel the CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp comes on and the engine possibly switches to its limp home emergency operation mode To cancel the limp home mode the engine may have to be started three or four times after refueling The malfunction indicator lamp remains illuminated Have the system checked at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately 303 Practical hints Car care Instruments and controls Operation Driving Malfunction and indicator lamps Brake warning lamp BRAKE Except Canada Canada only When the brake warning lamp and message appear while the engine is running this means e there is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir engine running and parking brake released or e the parking brake is set engine running Instrument cluster display 304 Practical hints Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an ac
313. system 20 Red for previous display in system for next system for previous system to increase the volume see page 148 O N BO Aa 9 E to decrease the volume see page 148 10 to dial a telephone number see page 127 11 to end a call See page 127 for telephone and page 131 for instructions on answering an incoming call YY Press the or button repeatedly until the i required system is displayed 1 Multifunction steering wheel The display advances by one system each time the 2 Multifunction display button is pressed 3 Horn pad You may call up additional displays in some systems by pressing the BeN or RA button Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 121 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints e nes Operation Driving insine Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 122 Trip and main odometer and sub menu 0149 6 SERICE A MILES a 020753 IM 2300 MILES TIRE PRESSURE CFS1I4 29 32 IH 29 a2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL i a ang ae oo hg te D Ka P54 30 4480 29 1 Trip and main odometer Press or button repeatedly until the trip and See page 117 for instructions on resetting the trip main odometer display 1 appears OCO mE IET Press the aN or A button repeatedly until the FSS Flexible service system see page 149 required display 2 3 4 5 1 appear
314. t airbag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired BabySmart is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp Supplemental Restraint System SRS Seat belt fastened Airbags are intended as a supplement to seat belts e first threshold exceeded ETR activates Airbags alone cannot protect as well as airbags plus seat belts in impacts for which the airbags were designed to operate and do not afford any protection whatsoever in crashes for which the airbags are not designed to deploy Front seats The SRS uses two crash severity levels thresholds to e first threshold exceeded airbag activates not ETR activate either the emergency tensioning retractor ETR or front airbag or both Activation depends on the direction and severity of the impact exceeding the e first threshold exceeded ETR activates preset thresholds and whether the seat belt is fastened e second threshold exceeded airbag also activates Seat belt not fastened Rear outer seats Driver and front passenger and rear outer seat systems operate independently of each other Restraint systems 89 Instrument cluster display In
315. t belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Key dependent memory settings The setting of the automatic climate control and the memory settings are stored together for each individual electronic key or for both KEYLESS GO cards vehicles with KEYLESS GO when the electronic key is removed from the starter switch or when the vehicle is locked using the KEYLESS GO card The stored settings are activated when the electronic key is inserted into the starter switch or when the vehicle is unlocked using the KEYLESS GO card vehicles with KEYLESS GO See page 108 for memory function and page 166 for automatic climate control Memory function 111 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Operation Drivin 2 cluster display data Instrument cluster 112 Instrument cluster 80 3 60 6 100 E 14 Ta Pee Eo i20 Clee i 40 807 10011 Deo x1000 3 1 min 60 200 4 200N 16 gt 0149 9 B Vol MILES 1 2 P54 30 3528 29 0O N GO Ol 10 11 Knob for instrument cluster illumination see page 114 Engine malfuncti
316. t tire and rim are removed from the vehicle Tire inflation pressure monitor Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 155 Practical hints cluster display To prevent possible damage to the electronic sensors have tire changes only performed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For malfunction and warning messages see page 309 When checking the tire inflation pressure of the road wheels also check the spare tire The tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel mounted or not mounted is not monitored by the tire inflation pressure monitor See page 346 for location of the spare wheel and page 356 for tire inflation pressure Car care Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Engine oil level indicator Engine oil level indicator MEASUREMENT CORRECT 1540 esr thatthe j Do 260 OHLY IF VEH LEVEL LENA P54 30 3563 26 To check the engine oil level park vehicle on level ground with engine at normal operational temperature Check oil level approximately 5 minutes after turning off the engine allowing for the oil to return to the oil pan The message OBSERVE WAITING PERIOD will be displayed if the required waiting period has not been observed after turning off the engine e with engine at operational temperature approximately 5 minutes Practical hints Car care 156 Technical data e with engine not at op
317. ta Restraint systems 92 come on at all or if it fails to extinguish after operational For your safety we strongly approximately 4 seconds or if it comes on thereafter a recommend that you visit an authorized malfunction in the system has been detected Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the The following system components are monitored or system checked otherwise the SRS may not be d a a k A bag ioniti activated when needed in an accident which could ee result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy circuits front seat belt buckles emergency tensioning unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also retractors seat sensor result in injury Initially when the electronic key is turned from starter switch position 0 to position 1 or 2 malfunctions in the Note crash sensor are detected and indicated the SRS indicator lamp stays on longer than 4 seconds or does not come on See page 305 for information on the Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Have the system checked at your authorized The driver and passenger front airbags are designed to Mercedes Benz Center immediately activate only in certain frontal impacts exceeding a preset threshold The front passenger airbag deploys only if the front passenger seat is occupied and the indicator lamp on the center console is not In the operational mode after the indicator lamp has gone out following the initial check interruptions or short circ
318. tch position 2 the mirror reflection brightness responds to changes in light sensitivity With the gear selection lever in position R or with the interior light switched on the mirror brightness does not respond to changes in light sensitivity Rear view mirrors Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving cluster display Note The automatic antiglare function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the inside rear view mirror The automatic antiglare function will not react for example if the rear window sun shade is in the raised position Warning In the case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape the mirror housing when the mirror glass breaks Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not allow the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In cases it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary 103 Practical hints Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Rear view mirrors Exterior rear view mirrors 3D A gt Y 3 TD O O o The buttons are located on the driver s door P88 70 2089 26 Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check y
319. tch when the roof has reached the required position Warning When closing the sliding pop up roof be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from starter switch take the KEYLESS GO card if so equipped with you and lock your vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment can cause serious personal injury Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Interior equipment Opening the sliding pop up roof automatically To select a sliding pop up roof opening position press the switch to resistance point and release it when the sliding pop up roof has reached the required position The sliding pop up roof now opens to the position Set if the switch is pressed past resistance point in the open direction If you wish to change the opening position of the sliding pop up roof move the switch to resistance point in the direction you require Stopping the sliding pop up roof Move the switch in any direction Note Opening the sliding pop up roof automatically almost fully less approximately 1 inch 3 cm the sliding pop up roof must have been opened first by pressing the switch to resistance point and releasing it when the sliding pop up roof has reached an almost fully open position cluster disp
320. te tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Follow recommended inflation pressures Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicated by the label on the driver s door latch post Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Instrument Operation Driving cluster display 357 Practical hints Battery Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Important Battery replacement information The maintenance free battery is located in the trunk under the right hand wheel well cover panel The service life of the battery is dependent on its condition of charge The battery should always be kept sufficiently charged in order to last an optimum length of time Technical data Car care Instruments and controls Battery Instrument Operat
321. teressnsosernne Opening and CLOSING akei 43 Maneo Tin eie n ANAA 295 a Park tch 295 Synchronizing power Windows sssesssessesessssessee 186 oe TONIC SWIUCHD sssessecscssssseseossesssnesecssecnnnesecsecnnnessecs 292 Problems With your vehicle sccsccsssrsssccevsssceessees 14 ee toga et ere tar E anaes sae are Tae Oe Cea me yee Product IMIOTMAUON ck nse nce cetepeecelsddcc ates 7 Warmin 1mdicatorS cercon 293 Index 419 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving WOE Practical hints Car care wedia cluster display data 420 R Remote COnTOl aene e as aeetiewscaneok 28 33 l Battery replace Men oeren n 371 Radio Removal and installation of front PEC AUCIO SYSTEMS njia a aa 124 seat head restraints cccccccccssccsssssssssssssessssesssesescseseeees 68 Radio tran miters serari A 216 Replacing bulbs ss sssesssesssssssssssssssssssrsssessressressressrsssress 364 Rain sensor Replacing wiper blades uu cesses cesses 378 See Mtermitent WIP LING cea 163 Reporting Safety Defects c cceeccssessssssessssesessesseseeseeeen 15 Rear door window sunshade eeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeesssessrrereeeess 194 Residual engine heat utilization REST oo 176 Rear passenger compartment Roadside assistance ccccccccccsccssssscsesssssscscscsssstsssesssees 10 adjustable air outlets arina a NANE 179 Roadside assistance call Rear p
322. the integrated remote control located on the inside rear view mirror keeping the indicator lamp in view Garage door opener Instruments and controls Driving Instrument Operation 211 Practical hints cluster display Using both hands simultaneously push the hand held transmitter button and the desired integrated remote control button Do not release the buttons until completing step 4 The indicator lamp on the integrated remote control will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator lamp flashes rapidly both buttons may be released the rapid flashing lamp indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal To program the remaining two buttons follow steps 1 through 4 Note If after repeated attempts you do not successfully program the integrated remote control device to learn the signal of the hand held transmitter the garage door opener could be equipped with the rolling code feature Car care Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints Car care and controls LN gt cluster display Garage door opener 212 Rolling code programming 3 Firmly press and release the programmed integrated remote control transmit button Press and release same button a second time to complete the training process Some garage door openers may require you to do this procedure a third time to complete the training To train a garage door opener or other rolling code
323. the area between the A and C pillars see arrows between the side windows and an occupant s head The window curtain airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding a preset threshold Only the head protection window curtain airbag on the impacted side of the vehicle deploys an enn Operation Driving insteg Practical hints Car care Morta and controls cluster display data Restraint systems 94 Important Warning Airbags are designed to activate only in certain Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of frontal front airbags impacts or side side impact injury in certain frontal front airbags impacts or and head protection window curtain airbags side side impact and head protection window impacts which exceed preset thresholds curtain airbags impacts which may cause o significant injuries however no system available Only during these types of impacts if of sufficient today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities severity to meet the deployment thresholds will they provide their supplemental protection The activation of the SRS temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the airbags This dust The driver and passenger should always wear their however is neither injurious to your health nor seat belts otherwise it is not possible for the airbags does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might to provide their supplemental protection cause some temporary br
324. the button when the required number or on name appears in the display 2 Press the or button repeatedly until the TCAP DRONE suber Ke iste display 1 appears Once dialing is completed the name 4 is displayed if the name is stored in the telephone book failing that the number dialed will remain displayed The display remains for the duration of the call Pressing the button activates the redial memory and the most recently dialed number is displayed Pressing the EAN or Xe button browses forward or backwards through the redial memory The number or Pressing the button hangs up and display 1 name selected appears in the display dd Pressing the or button displays the next or Note previous system Press the button if you do not wish to make a call The procedure is cancelled and display 1 appears Incoming call 1 CALL you are being called 1 Press the button to answer the call TEL CALL Press the button to hang up or if you do not wish to answer the incoming call P54 30 2202 21 The telephone must be switched on Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 131 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display Instruments Operation Drivin and controls p 5 Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 132 Navigation system HAN OFF MERCEDES DRIVE MB 4 P54 30 2985 27
325. thers applied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care products Additional information can be found in the booklet titled Vehicle Car Guide Cleaning and care of the vehicle Instruments Instrument Drivin and controls 5 Operation Practical hints cluster display Power washer When using a power washer for cleaning the vehicle always observe manufacturers operating instructions Note Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water anda KEYLESS GO card is in close proximity approx 3 ft approx 1m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Caution Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across
326. ting Open the side air outlets and direct them onto the side windows Windshield fogged on the outside Switch on the windshield wiper Press on both A buttons until they click in The maj BAG and BRA symbols will no longer be visible Car care Technical data Instrument cluster display Instruments Car care and controls Practical hints Operation Driving Automatic climate control Air recirculation Select air recirculation The indicator lamp in the button is not illuminated Press button briefly The indicator lamp in the button illuminates To switch off the air recirculation The indicator lamp in the button is illuminated Press button briefly The indicator lamp in the button will go out Switching on air recirculation and activating convenience closing of power windows and sliding pop up root The indicator lamp in the button is not illuminated Press button for more than 2 seconds the side windows and the sliding pop up roof will be closed The indicator lamp in the button lights up 174 Switching off air recirculation and activating convenience opening of power windows and sliding pop up roof The indicator lamp in the button is illuminated Press button for more than 2 seconds the side windows and the sliding pop up roof return to the position they were in before closing A window or the sliding pop up roof opened manually after convenience closing will no longer b
327. to deploy and the ETR to activate in a crash exceeding the appropriate threshold Airbags 1 Driver airbag Front airbags 2 Front passenger airbag The most effective occupant restraint system yet developed for use in production vehicles is the seat belt In some cases however the protective effect of a seat belt can be further enhanced by an airbag In conjunction with wearing the seat belts the driver and front passenger airbags can provide increased protection for the driver and front passenger in certain frontal impacts exceeding preset thresholds Side impact and head protection window curtain airbags can provide increased protection to belted occupants on the impacted side of the vehicle in side impacts exceeding its preset threshold The operational readiness of the airbag system is verified by the indicator lamp SRS in the instrument cluster when turning the electronic key in starter switch to position 1 or 2 If no fault is detected the lamp will go NN aa e out after approximately 4 seconds after the lamp goes Dr P lt out the system continues to monitor the components PJ 60 2289 27 and circuitry of the airbag system and will indicate a malfunction by coming on again If the lamp does not Restraint systems 91 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving an enn Operation Driving insteg Practical hints Car care Techical and controls cluster display da
328. to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your Satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 849 Eglinton Avenue East Toronto Ontario M4G 2L5 For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting Safety Defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle saf
329. to a stop Driving with Distronic activated P54 70 2195 26 With the electronic key in starter switch position 2 the distance warning lamp in the speedometer dial comes on and goes out with the engine running If the distance sensor detects a slower vehicle moving in front your vehicle speed will be reduced by deceleration and braking of up to 20 of the vehicle braking capacity so that you follow the vehicle ahead at the preset distance see page 273 Segments in the speedometer illuminate to indicate the speed range Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 267 j Practical hints cluster display from the speed of the vehicle in front up to your vehicle s selected speed See also page 275 for notes on the multifunction displays Warning Distronic brakes up to 20 of vehicle braking power the vehicle to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed The brake pedal is automatically retracted as this happens Keep driver s foot area clear at all times including the area under the brake pedal Objects stored in this area may impair pedal movement which could interfere with the braking ability of the Distronic system Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught Technical data Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Driving Operation Driving systems Warning An intermittent warning sounds and th
330. to show the distance to the vehicle ahead if so selected see page 275 The distance warning function can be activated separately see page 272 In Distronic mode if the distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced to the extent permitted by reduced throttle and up to 20 of vehicle braking power so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance see page 273 Maximum range of detection is approximately 500 ft 150 m Driving systems Instruments and controls Operation Instrument Driving 261 Practical hints cluster display Any given speed between 25 mph Canada 40 km h and 110 mph Canada 180 km h can be maintained with the Distronic by operating the control lever on the steering column Warning Distronic is a convenience system its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most importantly brake operation to assure safe stopping distance rests always with the driver Distronic cannot take street and traffic conditions into account Warning Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before
331. ts Set antes ae 344 Coolant temperature gauge ou eeeeseessceceseeesseeeseeees 115 CWOOIAINS ainne 406 Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity eee 407 COUTTESY 1S HINGE saaana ANAA 192 UISOHC OMIM OL 4 5 gases ccascaceusinas SN 258 CRUISE CONTROL malfunction and warning messages cceeeeee 325 Cup holder in iront SCAMALINC SU eenei 202 In rear SEAL armrest sorene n ee 203 Stas Instrument Operation Driving use diia Center console lighting essssessseerseessssrssssessssorssersssens 192 Central locking switch woo cece cccssseecessneceeesseeeeeeees 48 Central locking system nsonneesonnessoneesssreesssressssressssresss 33 Automatic central locking eesoeseesoseosssseessseesssseseo 50 Choosing global or selective mode 66 35 41 PICCUROMIC KEV aorar a O A 29 KEYLESS GOTICA riro 30 Locking and unlocking oosseeooonesonosessooeessoseessseeessee 35 Locking and unlocking WIth KEY DES S GO Cantd aeoea 38 Mechanical KEYS secsch codec ncn tees A cals 45 Remote control see einne aia 28 33 Simultaneous use of electronic key and KEYLESS GOGITA piesni E 42 Summer opening convenience feature 04 43 Changing batteries in the KEYLESS GO card 374 Changing wheels cadveciscciescecdecnseeidasecesbseessadecsadecsetieeess 351 CHECK ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp 302 Check regularly and before a long trip ee 299 Checking engine oil level Vi
332. ttings made 6 HEADLAMPS DELAYED SHUT OFF see Night are stored and applied immediately security illumination on page 160 The individual setting preliminary display 1 will 7 INTERIOR LAMP DELAYED SHUT OFF see appear again after you have run through all the setting Interior lighting on page 190 menus Pressing the or button displays the next or previous system 8 Returning the setting menu LIGHTING to the factory setting 9 Acknowledgment 1 Except Canada 2 For safety reasons setting only possible while vehicle is standing still Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 143 Instrument cluster display Instruments and controls Operation Driving Practical hints Car care Instruments Instrument Operation Drivin Practical hints and controls LN gt cluster display Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display 144 To return menu LIGHTING 4 to 7 to its factory Note Seung For safety reasons the individual setting e Call up menu 4 to 7 LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP in menu LIGHTING cannot be reset while driving If an attempt is made the Press the button in the instrument cluster for message LIGHTING CANNOT BE COMPLETELY Appro nimate y Sy SCC ONES IS phe 0 apea RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS WHILE DRIVING will e Press the button once more The menu be displayed LIGHTING is reset to factory settings acknowledged by display 9 The ind
333. uctions on pages 156 S 430 S 500 S 55 AMG ane Posted Octane Index 91 Average of 96 RON 86 MON S 430 S 500 and S 55 AMG only S 600 Fill quantity between upper and lower dipstick marking Posted Octane Index 93 Average of 98 RON 88 MON level 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 Recommended engine oils see Approved Service Products sheet Coolant For normal replenishing use water potable water quality For further information refer to page 344 What you should know at the gas station 297 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Instruments and controls What you s Operation Instrument Driving hould know at the gas station Tire pressure For tire pressure refer to tire pressure label inside the fuel filler flap See page 356 for further details Air conditioner R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant refer to Technical Data Spark plugs Approved spark plugs refer to Technical Data Windshield cleaning To prevent damage to the engine hood the windshield wipers must not be folded forward in parked position See page 388 for cleaning the windshield Practical hints cluster display 298 Car care Bulbs High and low beams H7 55 W low beam Xenon optional fog lamps H1 55 W turn signal lamps front 2357 NA 28 5 8 3 W Yellow parking and standing lamps front W 5W 5 W side marker lamps front 5 W 4 cp
334. uits in the airbag ignition circuit and in the driver and front passenger seat belt buckle harnesses ana and low voltage in the entire system are detected and Nai indicated Heavy objects on the front passenger seat can appear to Warning the SRS to indicate the presence of an occupant in that seat which causes the passenger front airbag to In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated deploy in a crash exceeding the appropriate threshold as outlined above the SRS may not be Side impact airbags window curtain airbags D i 4 A N 3 Side impact airbags 4 Window curtain airbags Restraint systems Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument Practical hints cluster display Side impact airbags The side impact airbags are designed to activate only in certain side impacts exceeding a preset threshold Only the side impact airbags on the impacted side of the vehicle deploy The side impact airbag for the front passenger deploys only if the front passenger seat is occupied Side impact airbags operate best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Note Heavy objects on front passenger seat can cause the front passenger side impact airbag to deploy in a crash Window curtain airbag The head protection window curtain airbags afford greater protection against injuries to the head and upper body They fill up in
335. uments and controls Instrument Operation Drivin 2 cluster display Automatic climate control 166 Automatic climate control ee A a RADIO TAPE ay svc E BACK lt i mute _ PWR ee Oo Mercedes Benz Se 12 g jer oe T T p P ae o 2 Center air outlet left adjustable 2 Fixed air outlet left Air volume control for left center air outlet To open Turn the thumbwheel upward W The left center air outlet is fully open MM The left center and fixed air outlets are opened Air temperature control To lower temperature Turn thumbwheel towards the blue marking Automatic mode Turn thumbwheel to position A The indicator lamp above the thumbwheel will illuminate The airflow and temperature for the center air outlets are regulated automatically Air volume control for right center air outlet To open Turn the thumbwheel upward WE The right center air outlet is fully open MM The right center and fixed air outlets are opened Automatic climate control Instruments and controls Operation Driving Instrument cluster display 167 Practical hints ON OG 11 12 Center air outlet right adjustable Fixed air outlet right Side defroster outlet left and right fixed Side air outlet left and right adjustable Air volume control for side air outlets To open Turn thumbwheel outwards W The side air outlet is fully opened
336. using personal injury Jumper cable specifications e Minimum cable cross section of 25 mm or approximately 2 AWG e Maximum length of 11 5 ft 3 5 m If the battery is discharged the engine should be started with jumper cables and the 12 V battery of another vehicle Only use 12 V battery to jump start your vehicle Jump starting with more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical systems which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The battery is located in the trunk under the right hand wheel well cover panel Car care Instruments and controls Jump starting Operation Driving Instrument Proceed as follows 1 2 Position the vehicle with the charged battery so that the jumper cables will reach but never let the vehicles touch Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation On both vehicles e Turn off engine and all lights and accessories except hazard warning flashers or work lights e Apply parking brake and shift selector lever to position P Important 3 Clamp one end of the first jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery and the other end to the positive terminal of the charged battery Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal parts Clamp one end of the second jumper cable to the grounded negative terminal of the charged battery and the final connection to th
337. uster display Automatic climate control 172 Special Settings Air volume manual use only for short duration Je HA P83 40 0491 21 Air distribution manual Press the air volume switch up or down Seven blower Press Eigj button The button pops out the km BA Spec Rs E and K symbols are visible Turn the button to select the air distribution desired mm Air from the center side and door air outlets Way Air from the center side door and windshield air outlets ed Air from the center side door and footwell air outlets To return to automatic mode Press the Wi button until it clicks in The km Bay and K symbols will no longer be visible Defrosting P83 40 2009 21 Press the g g button The display shows gg Maximum heated and automatically controlled amount of air is directed to the defroster and windshield air outlets Pressing the gg button again returns the system to the previous setting Automatic climate control Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving 173 Practical hints cluster display Windows fogged on the inside Switch off the economy mode if selected Press button AC The indicator lamp in the button will go out Switch off air recirculation if selected Press button RJ The indicator lamp in the button will go out Adjust left and right air outlets upwards Set blower to the maximum blower speed Increase temperature set
338. vehicles with KEYLESS GO when carrying the KEYLESS GO card grasp the door handle or press the start stop button on the gear selector lever Lins SiC ens Operation Driving ins Sire Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Antitheft alarm system 60 Antitheft alarm system The antitheft alarm is armed within approximately 10 seconds after locking the vehicle with the remote control or the lock button at each door handle vehicles with KEYLESS GO A blinking lamp 1 indicates that the alarm is armed Operation Once the alarm system has been armed the exterior vehicle lamps will flash and an alarm will sound when someone e opens a door e opens the trunk P82 50 0755 26 e opens the hood 1 Indicator lamp in switch located in center console e attempts to raise the vehicle The antitheft alarm is automatically armed or disarmed The alarm will last approximately 2 minutes in form with the remote control or the KEYLESS GO function by of flashing exterior lamps At the same time an alarm locking or unlocking the vehicle will sound for 30 seconds The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immediately closed If the alarm stays on for more than 20 seconds an emergency call is initiated automatically See Tele Aid on page 218 Note Tow away alarm When you unlock the driver s door with the mechanical key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound T
339. ver to position 1 or 2 The accelerator can then be released The selected speed is shown for approximately 5 seconds in the multifunction display and the corresponding speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are 2 P54 25 2148 26 illuminated The speed can be increased e g for passing by The cruise control allows you to drive in a more relaxed using the accelerator After the accelerator is manner for example over long distances as it released the previously set speed will be resumed automatically maintains the set speed by actively automatically regulating the throttle setting 6 i 6 If a set speed is to be increased or decreased Any given speed above approximately 19 mph slightly e g to adapt to the traffic flow hold lever in 30 km h can be maintained with the cruise control by position 1 or 2 until the desired speed is reached or operating the lever briefly tip the lever in the appropriate direction for increases or decreases in 0 6 mph 1 km h 1 Accelerate and set increments When the lever is released the newly Lift lever briefly to set speed Hold lever up to set speed remains accelerate 3 Canceling To cancel the cruise control briefly push lever to position 3 4 Resume If the lever is briefly pushed to position 4 when driving at a speed exceeding approximately 19 mph 30 km h the vehicle resumes the speed which was Set prior to the cancellation of the cruise co
340. viding freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C and corrosion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase in the boil over protection You should have it replaced every 3 years To provide the important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticorrosion antifreeze equals a freeze protection to approx 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approx 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower Before the start of the winter season or once a year in heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not the hot southern regions you should have the use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service If the coolant level is low water and MB anticorrosion antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage The water in the cooling system must meet minimum Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity requirements which are usually satisfied
341. ving Instruments Operation Driving Instrument and controls cluster display Restraint systems Fastening seat belts P91 40 2001 27 84 Practical hints 1 Latch plate 2 Buckle 3 Release button Push the latch plate 1 into the buckle 2 until it clicks Do not twist the belt A twisted seat belt may cause injury To help avoid severe or fatal injuries the lap belt should be positioned as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear Tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Operation of seat belts Unfastening of seat belts The inertia reel stops the belt from unwinding during Press release button 3 in the belt buckle 2 snd den steps OE When quid Panne onte ner Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by The locking function of the reel may be checked by guiding the latch plate 1 quickly pulling out the belt Adjust seat belt so that shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of your shoulder it should not touch the neck The height setting for the shoulder portion of the front seat belts is automatically adjusted by the fore aft movement of the front seat Seat moved to front Belt outlet fully lowered Seat moved to rear Belt outlet fully raised Caution
342. witch the If neither the remote control nor KEYLESS GO system vehicle cannot be locked or unlocked with the remote functions use the mechanical key to unlock or lock the control vehicle To start engine insert the electronic key in the Pes eoe oer one starter switch There could be a slight delay until the electronic key can be turned in the starter switch e Aim transmitter eye at a receiver on either front door handle Check the batteries of the electronic Important key see page 371 or synchronize the remote control see page 373 When unlocking the driver s door with the mechanical key the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will e Use the mechanical key to unlock the vehicle To sound start engine insert the electronic key in the starter switch There could be a slight delay until the electronic key can be turned in the starter switch To cancel the alarm insert the electronic key in the starter switch or press button or on the electronic key or with the optional KEYLESS GO e Vehicles with KEYLESS GO only system when carrying a KEYLESS GO card by grasping A KEYLESS GO card must be recognized by the a door handle or pressing the start stop button on the system as being outside the vehicle to enable the gear selector lever vehicle to be locked or unlocked maximum distance between card and doors or trunk is approx 3 ft 1 m Check the location of the KEYLESS GO card see page 36 Check the batteries of the K
343. wood block or stone When jack changing a wheel on a hill place chocks on the Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is nee ee Pee me Ori raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical axle On an level road place one chock in front of when in use especially on hills Always try to use and one behind the wheel that is diagonally the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm opposite to the wheel being changed is fully inserted in the jack tube Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Tires Wheels 351 Instruments Operation Driving Instrument i Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Innis EST Operation Driving nae Practical hints and controls cluster display Tires Wheels 352 P40 10 2077 26 4 Remove the two piece wheel wrench from the 5 Remove the protective cover from the jack support vehicle tool kit and assemble Using the wrench tube opening by inserting the screwdriver supplied loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts in the tool kit in the opening and prying it out The tube openings are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings P40 10 2074 26 P40 10 2076 26 6 Insert jack arm fully into the tube hole up to the 8 Unscrew upper most wheel bolt and install stop Place jack on firm ground Position the jack so alignment bolt 1 supplied in the tool kit Remove th
344. xtremely hot hold at knob only To avoid possible injury to children sitting in the rear seat deactivate the operation of rear door windows see page 186 Deactivation of the rear windows also deactivates the lighter When leaving the vehicle always remove the electronic key from the starter switch Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury Instruments and controls Instrument Operation Driving Interior equipment Parcel net in front passenger footwell A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Warning Do not place heavy or fragile objects or objects having sharp edges in the parcel net In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants Note With large objects stored in the parcel net do not slide the seat fully forward it could damage them i Practical hints cluster display 208 Car care Parcel net in trunk P68 00 2091 26 There are hooks 1 on the left and right inside the trunk from which the parcel net is suspended The tab arrow must point down into the trunk The parcel net and hooks are only designed to take light loads in normal driving conditions They are unable t
345. y 8 The individual setting display SETTINGS 2 will appear if you do not press the button within about 5 seconds The setting menus will not be reset Technical Car care data Instruments and controls Operation Driving Multifunction steering wheel multifunction display LIGHTING SETTINGS INST CLUSTER LIGHT I HG VEHI CLE SETTINGS RESET WITH Ra BUTTON INTERIOR LAMP DELAYED ar 20 1 1 a 0S 2 5 o S Instrument cluster display Practical hints Car care 142 LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP MAHUAL COHSTAHT LOCATOR LIGHTING a E HEADLAMPS n T Technical data WOULD YOU LIKE ETTIH LIGHT IHG SETTINGS RESET TO_FACTORY SETTINGS P54 30 4485 29 1 Preliminary display of the individual settings Press the or button repeatedly until the 2 SETTINGS the menu LIGHTING can be called individual setting preliminary display 1 appears up in this option menu Press the EAN or RA button until the setting menu a Seedin SETTINGS 2 is displayed Pressing button or E on the multifunction Press button or E until the menu LIGHTING steering wheel controls the selection marker is selected by the selection marker 3 4 LAMP CIRCUIT HEADLAMP see page 159 Press the EAN or R button until the required display 4 to 7 is displayed Pressing the or E 5 LOCATOR LIGHTING see page 161 button controls the selection marker The se
346. y DIStONIC SCULING Sennaa E cease E 273 Synchronizing remote Control eee 373 Driving with Distronic activated seeeeeeeee 267 Electronic stability program ESP 0 seeeeeeees 280 Invalid attempts to activate 0 cece 265 ESP COM tlOI SWITCDD ena enaA A 282 Multifunction display ccccscsscsscsssssesessesssesseesesses 275 Malfunction and warning messages s s s 315 STE Tian atead cus eee eres etter mee tree eee nrO Rane ent 307 PV TUCO ZA as cades sesusnsedscesoscaacicaenanntcdtgecepsbecysuetseants 281 DISTRONIC DTR WY ATAU VAIN o a a a a A 307 malfunction and warning messages sss0000000 332 Emergency call DOOR malfunction and warning messages 326 See Tele Aid cccdscescecdisscsicsssdccesbeaseisteisdadteasstocessatesesdes 219 DoorControl panel iewasewscraiew ienaa a 20 Emergency engine shut down cccscccccssssccessseeees 376 Index 413 ne e Operation Driving siae Practical hints Car care Hoeata and controls cluster display data Instruments and controls Index Operation Driving Liss Inna Practical hints Car care Mech it cel cluster display data 414 Emergency operation of sliding pop up roof 377 Malfunction and warning messages eeeeeeeeee 315 Emergency tensioning retractor ETR eee 90 DY NCH EOMIZIN essassctdiatoa N 281 SRS INdiCat r lamp sennae nea ie 305 Wanie laD o a a a AERA 307 Emergency trunk lid release button eeeee
347. y traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to the red marking The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature in the red zone Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning Driving when your engine is badly overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until it cools down Car care OS ETON Operation Driving iS RUDI Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Malfunction and warning messages 318 LIGHTING SYSTEM Line 1 Line 2 c gt Loh BEAM F TURN SIGNAL RF CHECK LAMPS 2 BRAKE LAMP VISIT WORKSHOP 2 BRAKE LAMP L CHECK LAMPS 2 CHECK LAMPS BRAKE LAMP R CHECK LAMPS 2 P54 30 4439 21 NO 3RD BRAKE LAMP CHECK LAMPS HIGH BEAM L CHECK LAMPS Q Ro NO Line 1 Line 2 LOW BEAM L CHECK LAMPS HIGH BEAM R CHECK LAMPS NO LICENSE PLATE LAMP L CHECK LAMPS NO LOW BEAM R CHECK LAMPS NO LICENSE PLATE LAMP R CHECK LAMPS NO DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP NO TURN OFF LAMPS TURN SIGNAL LR CHECK LAMPS FRONT FOGLAMP L CHECK LAMPS
348. y in instrument cluster see page 112 See page 332 for malfunction and warning messages if the Distronic is malfunctioning Driving systems 265 Instruments Instrument Practical hints Car care Technical and controls Operation cluster display data Driving a ern fe Operation Driving ae Practical hints Car care and controls cluster display Driving systems 266 Deactivation of Distronic e the gear selector lever is moved to position N Briefly move the distronic control lever in OFF e the electronic stability program ESP is active direction 3 the stored speed remains in the memory until the electronic key in the starter switch is turned to eee enn eager aon position 1 or 0 maa Distronic is also deactivated if Note e the service brake pedal is depressed A signal sounds and the message DISTRONIC OFF appears for 5 seconds in the multifunction display everytime Distronic is deactivated except when moving e the vehicle decelerates to less than approximately distronic control lever in OFF direction 25 mph Canada 40 km h e g while maintaining the distance to the vehicle ahead e the parking brake is activated Warning The Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 25 mph Canada 40 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it
349. y turning off the following power consumers for example Heated seats rear window defroster In addition the automatic climate air volume control should be set to the lowest position Car care Instruments and controls Instrument Practicalihints Operation Drivin gt cluster display Starter switch KEYLESS GO 232 Start Stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Warning When leaving the vehicle always take the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO card with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the START vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle STOR Unsupervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury ENGINE Pressing the start stop button 1 on the gear selector lever without depressing the brake pedal will sequentially activate the starter switch positions 1 on and 2 operation and 0 off The engine can be started with the starter switch in any position on operation or off as long as the gear selector lever is in position P or N and the brake Symbols on start stop button for Canada only pedal depressed Ea See page 235 for instructions on starting and turning off the engine See page 42 for instructions on the simultaneous use of the electronic key and the KEYLESS GO function On position starter switch position 1 see page 230 Most electrical consumers can be operated For detailed information see respectiv
350. ymbol disappears See page 272 for distance warning function and page 275 for multifunction displays Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical hints and controls Operation Driving Driving systems 274 Notes With the distance warning function activated you will still be advised by an intermittent audible warning if a potential emergency braking circumstance has been detected even if Distronic has been deactivated The last selected warning function mode on off will be stored in memory even when removing the electronic key from the starter switch Multifunction displays 1 Distronic is deactivated The actual distance 5 and the should be distance 6 to the vehicle ahead 4 are displayed 2 Activating Distronic The display with the selected speed is shown for approximately 5 seconds 3 Distronic is activated The message DISTRONIC OFF appears for approximately 5 seconds when Distronic is being deactivated 4 Vehicle ahead Only appears if a vehicle is detected ahead 5 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 6 Should be distance to vehicle ahead as calculated by Distronic OISTROHIC 7 Own vehicle 8 Distance warning function is activated see page 272 To call up Distronic display Press button or on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the display 1 or 3 appears P54 30 4488 27 Driving systems 275 Instrument cluster display Instruments Practical
351. your vehicle to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more information These programs are only available in the USA e Sign and Drive services Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable e Remote Vehicle Diagnostics This function permits the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher to download malfunction codes and actual vehicle data Tele Aid Instruments and controls Notes The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button remains illuminated in red for approx 10 seconds during the system self check after turning electronic key in starter switch to position 2 together with the SOS button and the Information button ERR See system self check on page 218 when the indicator lamp does not light up in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is illuminated continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE CALL FAILED appears in the multifunction display Roadside Assistance calls can be terminated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel

Mercedes Benz 2002 S 500 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents